Home

2014 FUSION Owner`s Manual

1. NHL schedule NHL scores WNBA headlines WNBA schedule WNBA scores Help Alerts a If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services View the complete message Delete the message Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault 390 Fusion CC7 Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month 911 Assist If Equipped WARNINGS A Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which
2. No Signal The signal is lost fromthe The signal is blocked When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area tower to your vehicle the signal should return antenna 370 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service isno Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 1 888 539 7474 longer available 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None found Check Channel All the channels in the selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip skipped or locked Guide Use the channel guide to function on that station Subscription Updated vehicle SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your No action required SIRIUS Satellite Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to SIRIUS us satellite radio press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say SIRIUS then any of the following commands SIRIUS SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt 0 223 gt Sirius off SIRIUS lt Channel name gt Preset lt
3. O90 B E142605 A A V inputs B SD card slot E USB ports See MyFord Touch page 343 305 SYNC GENERAL INFORMATION Powered by Microsoft E142598 SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to Make and receive calls Access and play music from your portable music player Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands Stream music from your connected phone Text message Fusion CC7 Use the advanced voice recognition system Charge your USB device if your device supports this These features require activation Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST Inthe United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 SYNC Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do need a SYNC owner account Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online Required to activate the subsc
4. Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have these sound settings Fusion CC7 Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle then select from the following Ambient Lighting Vehicle Health Report Rear View Camera Enable Valet Mode Ambient Lighting If Equipped When you turn this feature on ambient lighting illuminates various places such as the footwells with a choice of colors To access and make adjustments 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Ambient Lighting 2 Touch the desired color 3 Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity To turn the feature on or off press the power button Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report You can find more information on Vehicle Health Report in this chapter See Information page 384 Rear View Camera This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera MyFord Touch if equipped Press the Settings icon gt Thy Vehicle gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings Rear Camera Delay Visual Park Aid Alert Guidelines You can find more information on the rear view camera in another chapter See Rear View Camera page 173
5. Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 178 Cruise Control Auto matic Braking Turned Off Displayed when the automatic braking has been disabled Front Sensor Not Aligned Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC from engaging Adaptive Cruise Driver Resume Control Displayed when the adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver Adaptive Cruise Speed Too Low to Activate Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise Adaptive Cruise Shift Down Displays when the adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap distance and the driver needs to shift the transmission into a lower gear Fusion CC7 95 Information Displays AdvanceTrac Message Action Service AdvanceTrac Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor AdvanceTrac Off On Displayed when the traction control has been disabled or enabled by the driver Airbag Message Action Occupant Sensor BLOCKED Remove Objects Near Passenger Seat Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor Alarm Message Action Vehicle Alarm to
6. At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Inspect the brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields Inspect the rear axle and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect the half shaft boots Inspect the steering linkage ball joints suspension tire rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect the tires tire wear and measure the tread depth Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 238 Other maintenance items Every 20000 miles 32000 Replace cabin air filter km Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace engine air filter km At 100000 miles 160000 Change engine coolant km Every 100000 miles Replace spark plugs 160000 km Inspect accessory drive belt s Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Change manual transmission fluid 432 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance Other maintenance items
7. Attraction This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons such as Restaurant Business center Handicap facilities Laundry Refrigerator 24 hour room service Fitness center Internet access Pool Wi fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and checkout times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route Press the Settings icon gt Ts Settings gt Navigation Fusion CC7 Map Preferences Breadcrumbs Display your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Turn this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format Have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification Set the automatic parking point of interest notification Turn this feature ON or OFF When parking point of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other p
8. Press Brake to Start Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake Engine Start Pending Please Wait Displays when the starter is attempting to start the vehicle Pending Start Cancelled Displays when the pending start has been cancelled Cranking Time Exceeded Displays when the starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start the vehicle Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Action LOW Tire Pressure Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 276 Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 276 Tire Pressure Sensor Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or Fault your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 276 If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Traction Control Message Action Traction Control Off Traction Control On Spinout Detected Hazards Activated Displays when the traction control system has been switched off or on See Using Traction Control page 166 Displays when a spi
9. This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s or front passenger s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for about five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature If Then The driver s and front passenger s safety belts are buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature will not activate The driver s or front passenger s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for
10. Zoom minimum 404 Fusion CC7 Zoom state Zoom street Zoom to lt distance gt Help If you say Destination you can then say any command in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown Accessories For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your authorized dealer or visit our online store at Accessories Ford com United States only Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Ford Custom Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Ford Motor Company will warrant your vehicle s accessories through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit 12 months or 12000 miles 20000 km whichever occurs first The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style Hood deflectors Side window deflectors Splash guards Rear spoiler Wheels Bumper protectors Interior style A
11. Automotive MyFord Touch i equipped Main categories Shopping Entertainment amp Arts oo pos Recreation amp Sports C itys e e k r Government E142634 Domestic Services cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants Subcategories hotels and attractions Restaurant When you have selected a point of interest Golf the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr Parking lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description check in and checkout times or restaurant Personal Care Services hours Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the Home amp Garden Auto Dealership Govt Office average room or meal price as well as the website This screen displays the point of Public Transit interest icon such as Education Hotel To expand these listings press the in front of the listing The system also allows you to sort alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available Wy Coffeehouse cityseekr a Food amp Drink Note cityseekr point of interest POI Ill information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico Nightlife 398 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped
12. MER EIU tte 5 d Pd FSC MIX Paper FSC C102270 EE5J19A321AA September 2013 Second Printing Owner sManual Fusion LithoinU S A The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored ina retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2013 All rights reserved Part Number 20130916183928 Table of Contents Introduction About This Manual esessessecessesseesesseeseenees 7 Symbols Glossary Data Recording s ia California Proposition 65 0 0 TI P rCHlOLate ecsecsessessesssessessesseseeseeseeseeseeseeneees 1 Ford recline R NS 1 Replacement Parts RECOMMENCALION ccsessesseesesseeseesseeseeseees 1 Special NOtice s cccccesecsesessesessesesseseseseeseees 12 Mobile Communications EQUIPMENT sineeran 12 Export Unique ODPtions esses 12 Child Safety General INfFOrMatiON cccsecsecsesseseeeseeeees 13 Installing Child S ats cseseseseseeeeeees 14 B ster S at sii irion 20 Child Seat POSItiONING cesses 22 Chil
13. MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE _XX XX VWR XXXX KG XXXX LB FRONT GAWR REAR GAWR XXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WTH XXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXXXXXXXXXKX TIRES XXXXXX X RIMS XXXXXXX RIMS XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VI N XXXXKXXXXXXXXXXXX Eng TYPE a ai T OOX TR ME p 7 i err XXX X XXX X X XXXX XXXX OOXXXXXXXXXX y o XXXX XXXXXXX XX E167814 The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description Description Code Six speed automatic transmission W Six speed manual transmission B 287 Fusion CC7 Capacities and Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Brake fluid Door latch hood latch trunk latch and seat tracks Capacity Between MIN and MAX on reservoir Not applicable Ford part name or equivalent Motorcraft DOT 4 LV High Performance Brake Fluid Multi Purpose Grease Spray lithium grease Ford part number Ford specification PM 1 C WSS M6C65 A2 Motorcraft XL 5 aerosol and or CRC SL3151ESB ESB M1C93 B Lock cylinder Not applicable Motorcraft Penet rating and Lock Lubricant US Motorcraft Penet rating fluid Canada
14. Max Number of Keys Learned Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum number of keys have been programmed Not Enough Keys Learned Displayed during spare key programming when not enough keys have been programmed Key Battery Low Replace Soon Displays when the key battery is low Change the battery as soon as possible Could Not Program Integrated Key Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key using two existing keys Engine On Displays to inform the driver that they are exiting the vehicle and the engine is on Fusion CC7 102 Information Displays Lane Keeping System Message Action Lane Keeping Sys The system has malfunctioned Contact your authorized Malfunction Service dealer as soon as possible Required Front Camera Tempor The system has detected a condition that has caused the arily Not Available system to be temporarily unavailable Front Camera Low Visib The system has detected a condition that requires the wind ility Clean Screen shield to be cleaned to operate properly Front Camera Malfunc The system has malfunctioned Contact your authorized tion Service Required dealer as soon as possible Keep Hands on Steering Displayed when the system requests the driver to keep their Wheel hands on the steering wheel Maintenance Message Action LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop the vehicle as soon as safel
15. Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Rear Camera Delay The camera image will be displayed upon shifting out of R Reverse until the vehicle speed reaches 5 mph 8 km h This will occur when the rear camera delay feature is on or until the radio button is selected Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF 176 Fusion CC7 Cruise Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNINGS Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill i i ON E144500 The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON Fusion CC7 The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster E Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desir
16. Start Starts the engine Press the brake pedal and then press the button for any length of time An indicator light on the button illuminates when then ignition is on and when the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle soeed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Fusion CC7 136 Note You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds without the engine starting before the starting system temporarily disables The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once For example if you crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time without the engine starting you reached the 60 second time limit A message appears in the information display alerting you that you exceeded the cranking time You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes After 15 minutes you are limited to a 15 second engine cranking time You need to wait 60 minutes before you can crank the engine for 60 seconds again Before starting the engine check the following Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off Make sure the parking brake is on Move the transmission selector lever to position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission Turn the ignition key to position
17. 3 Press OK when the desired selection is in the display Enter the name of the recipient Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to say the desired number 4 5 Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message The system sends each text message with the following signature This message was sent from my lt Ford or Lincoln gt 6 Pre defined text message options Can t talk right now Call me Call U later Be there in 10 minutes Be there in 20 minutes Yes No Why Thanks Where R you need more directions love you Too funny Can t wait to see you I m stuck in traffic Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phonebook and set up automatic download 317 Fusion CC7 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll to Phone Settings and then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options SYNC When you select You can Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to sel
18. A Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range The remote start button is on the transmitter Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See Climate Control page 109 A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when you switched the vehicle off Fusion CC7 48 Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if the ignition is on the alarm system triggered you disable the feature the hood is open the transmission is not in P the vehicle battery voltage is too low the service engine soon light is on Remote Control Feedback An LED on the remote control provides status feedback of remote start or stop commands LED Status Solid green Remote start or extension successful Solid red Remote stop successful engine off Blinking red Remote start or stop failed Blinking green Waiting for status update Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start if you do not follow this sequence Keys and Remote Co
19. Audio unit Vehicles With AM FM CD SYNC Satellite RadIOn eneon a ES 292 Audio unit Vehicles With Premium AM EM AE Diisicccvcvscassevavssvssncsvssnsassdstecteasatsnisa 294 Audio unit Vehicles With Sony AM FM CD eesesssessssesesesssesesssesesseeeseeeesssees Menu Structure AUtOlAMPS eesescssestesesseseseseees Automatic Climate Control Automatic High Beam Control Activating the System Manually Overriding the System Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning Brake Shift Interlock If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or SNOW a A E 56 SelectShift Automatic THEISITUSSION sneli 54 Understanding the Positions of Your Automatic Transmission 153 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check ee ere 242 Auto Star 0 e eee 141 Disabling Auto StartStop 42 Enabling Auto StartStop AUtOWIpETrS Auxiliary Input Jack 304 Auxiliary Power Points 110 Volt AC Power Point 12 Volt DC Power Point Locations AWD See All Wheel DIive c ccccccseseeseseseeeees 157 Blind Spot MONItOl ccccesesteseseseesteseetesees 189 Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert 189 Index Bonnet Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 233 BOoSter Se atS scsciscsscssssdscccccecuieiseceieevessasties 20 Types Of Booster S ats cccccssesesssseeseeeeeee 20 Brake and Clutch Fluid Check 242 Brake See 162 Ge
20. Customer Assistance Inthe CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States
21. Fusion CC7 Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers Perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Example 2 The OILCHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers for example the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Perform the engine air filter replacement 428 Scheduled Maintenance Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched uled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service as required Inspect and lubricate U joints Every 30000 miles 48000 km Change automatic transmission fluid Every 60000 miles 96000 km Change manual transmission fluid Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use suchas delivery taxi patrol car or livery As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched uled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service as required Replace cabin air
22. Press the voice icon When prompted say Bluetooth audio then any of the Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your following media source how to play your music such as by artist genre shuffle or repeat BLUETOOTH AUDIO and also to add connect or delete devices Connections 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu Pause 2 Scroll to cycle through Play Play next track Play previous track When you select You can Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlist track similar music or play all music You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device Select Source Fusion CC7 Select and play music from your USB port auxiliary input jack line in or stream music from your Bluetooth enabled phone SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files 331 SYNC When you select You can Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature that allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s s
23. Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with an authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following Services Travel Link Alerts Calendar Apps ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS MyFord Touch it equipped CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In Using the Touch Sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control Make sure your hands are clean and dry Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger you may have trouble using it if you are wearing gloves Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features
24. Seats E144631 144727 A 1 Adjust the seat back to an upright driving or riding position B 2 Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position C After the head restraint reaches the forward most tilt position pivoting it D forward again will then release it to the rearward un tilted position The manual front seats may consist of Bs Pe A BC D a bar to move the seat backward and forward a control to adjust the lumbar of the seat back a lever to adjust the height of the seat a lever to adjust the angle of the seat back MANUAL SEATS POWER SEATS Ff equipPep WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver s seat or seat back when your vehicle is moving Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver s seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position Reclining the seat back can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 122 Fusion CC7 fe E144632 Power Lumbar t Equipped MEMORY FUNCTION F E uiPPeD WARNINGS 4 Before activating the seat memory a Ou make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupa
25. Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and is only available done when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note You can only have one recipient per text message Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll to Text Message and then press OK Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message allows you to send a new text message based ona pre defined set of 15 messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates that it is downloading your messages When it is complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when it is finished deleting all your text messages SYNC returns you to the text message menu Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart SYNC
26. Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Note f the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings System Press the Settings icon gt hs Settings gt System then select from the following System Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Volume Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system Touch Screen Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal setti
27. Engine coolant reservoir cap Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir cap Battery Power distribution box Engine air filter assembly Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap zz QO mmon wo Fe 236 Fusion CC7 Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 5L A B Cc D CE F E169801 Engine coolant reservoir cap Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir cap Battery Power distribution box Air filter housing cover Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap rammong gt 237 Fusion CC7 Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 1 5L Note Make sure that the level is between ECOBOOST 1 6L the MIN and the MAX marks j 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level TM ECOBOOST aaa 2 Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan A B 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level A 7 rrr gt If the level is at the MIN mark add oil immediately Adding Engine Oil E146020 Note Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running A MIN Note Do not add oil further than the MAX B MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 2 0L ECOBOOST 2 5L E142732 Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms
28. Fusion CC7 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 Fax 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 800 841 FORD 3673 FAX 313 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Customer Assistance Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 2147
29. Note When Aid mode is on and the system detects no driver steering activity for a short continuous period of time the system alerts the driver to put their hands on the steering wheel The system may detect a light grip touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving The system detects unintentional drifting toward the outside of the lane and alerts and or aids the driver to stay in the lane through the steering system and instrument cluster display The system automatically detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera that is mounted behind the interior rear view mirror Switching the System On and Off Note The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed unless a MyKey is detected If a MyKey is detected the system is defaulted to on and the mode is set to Alert Driving Aids Note f a MyKey is detected pressing the button will not affect the on or off status of the system Only the Mode and Intensity settings can be changed when a MyKey is present System Settings Press the button located on the left steering wheel stalk to switch the system on or off The system has two optional setting menus available To view or adjust them select Settings gt Driver Assist gt Lane Keeping Sys in the information display using the OK button on the steering wheel The last known selection for each of these settings is stored by the system You do not need to readjust your setti
30. Replace accessory drive belt s Replace timing belt 1 6L engine Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last engine oil and filter change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced If not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 kilometers SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD evenness ea N Q Mut point inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection ED Mut point inspection recommended Oso o O Oso o O 433 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance 434 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q wmutepoint inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 435 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance 436 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q wmutepoint inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 437 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance 438 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q wmutepoint inspection recommended Multi point inspection re
31. WARNING Position the safety belt height adjuster so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash 1 Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder 2 E145664 Conditions of operation To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Pull the button and slide the height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNINGLAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME audible warning will sound if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on This lamp illuminates and an If Then The driver s safety belt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position The safety belt warning light illuminates 1 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The safety belt warning light and warning chime turn off The driver s safety belt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on posi tion The safety belt warning light and indicator chime remain off 30 Fusion CC7 Safety Belts SAFETY BELT MINDER Belt Minder
32. WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury Airbags can kill or injure a childina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back E151127 The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of driver and passenger airbag modules front passenger sensing system ee amp crash sensors and monitoring A system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 42 Fusion CC7 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module To properly position yourself away from the airbag Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position Af
33. gt Sirius on Sports game Tyne SAT SAT preset lt gt NGAT 1 SAT 1 Preset lt gt SAT 2 Fusion CC7 Help If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart MyFord Touch i equipped SPORTS GAME Tune to the lt college name gt game Tune to the lt team city gt game Tune to the lt team city gt lt team name gt game Tune to the lt team name gt game Help TUNE lt Channel Name gt Preset lt gt SAT SAT 1 SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt O 223 gt Help cD Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Fusion CC7 Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information Options Sound Settings Touch this button t
34. technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams ds are accurate Potential station issues Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Cause This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster Action No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or froma direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not match currently playing audio Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out
35. 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s manual to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Device Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled device 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired devices 2 Scroll until you find the desired device and then press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off 1 Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off 2 Make a selection and then press OK Delete Device Delete a paired media device 1 Press OK and scroll to select the device 2 Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Fusion CC7 Delete all previously paired devices 335 SYNC When you select You can Press OK to select Return Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features Advanced 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu The Advanced menu allows you to access 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK and set prompts languages defaults and 3 Scroll to Advanced Press OK perform a master reset When you select You can Prompts Have SYNC gui
36. 10 Small arrow shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points Wheels and Tires 14 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Technical Specifications page 283 Stowing the flat tire You can stow the full size road wheel in the spare tire compartment 1 Lift the carpeted wheel cover at an angle to access the spare tire 142553 compartment ll R the lug nuts with the lu 2 Place the wheel in the spare tire well area s B with the valve stem facing down Use the mini spare bolt to secure the wheel 12 Replace the flat tire with the spare through one of the lug holes tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts 3 Place the jack tools and foam block until the wheel is snug against the back into the spare tire compartment hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts 4 Replace the carpeted wheel cover until the wheel has been lowered 13 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise O E75442 282 Fusion CC7 Wheels and Tires TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured
37. Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as the vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to activate electric trailer brakes Your vehicle may tow a Class trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Powertrain Maximum trailer weight 1 5L GTDI 1000 lb 454 kg 1 6L GTDI 1000 lb 454 kg 2 0L GTDI 2000 lb 907 kg 2 5L TIVCT 1000 lb 454 kg Calculated with SAE J2807 method 206 Fusion CC7 Towing ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines to ensure safe towing Do not tow atrailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer Refer to your scheduled maintenance information If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives you You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as instructions on calculating your vehicle s load in the Load Carrying chapter See Load Limit page 197
38. Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle Index Bluetooth Audio Devices When this feature is on the system automatically indexes media on your connected Bluetooth device Fusion CC7 355 MyFord Touch it equipped Gracenote Database Info Media player This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database Gracenote Mgmt With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Navigation then select from the following Navigation Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Turn the Parking POI notification on and off Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one rout
39. CC7 Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer restart the engine without the key present inside your vehicle Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot restart the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission fully press the clutch pedal also 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Automatic Engine Shutdown If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition it has a feature that automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power Before the engine shuts down a message appearsin the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds If you do not intervene within 30 seconds the engine shuts down Another message appears in the information display to inform you that the engine has shut down in order to save fuel Start your vehicle as you normally do Starting and Stopping
40. CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE Fusion CC7 Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End User Notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end
41. Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Adaptive Cruise Control if Equipped The speed control system mR indicator light changes color to indicate what mode the system isin See Using Cruise Control page 177 On white light Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is turned off Fusion CC7 Engaged green light Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a b malfunction You will continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Auto Start Stop if Equipped It will illuminate to inform you A when the engine shuts down or in conjunction with a message Battery If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Blind Spot Monitor if Equipped orr f It will illuminate when you switch as this feature off or in conjunction witha message See Blind Spot Monitor page 189 See Information Messages page 94 Brake System
42. Steering Wheel Maneuv ering The wheels are at a sharp angle or the steering wheel is being turned Engine On due to Accessory Usage Engine On Normal Oper ation Engine On due to Low Temperature Engine may be on to support high demand for electrical accessories such as operating power windows rear defroster or when using the power point Engine is on to support normal vehicle operation Includes external vehicle conditions such as altitude traffic low ambient temperature Also includes battery outside optimal operating conditions state of charge and temperature and inadequate brake vacuum can occur if the brake pedal is depressed a number of times in succession Engine is on in order to increase the engine temperature to an acceptable level Engine On due to Outside Air Temp Engine is on to support normal vehicle operation due to low outside ambient temperature Engine On due to Engine Warming Engine is on in order to increase the engine temperature to an acceptable level Engine On due to Selected Gear Engine is on due to a low gear selection by the transmission Engine On due to Steep Grade Engine is on due to a steep road grade Engine On due to Key not Detected Engine is on due to no key being detected by the vehicle Fusion CC7 97 Information Displays Message Action Engine On due to Driver Door Opened Engine is on due to the
43. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in
44. XL 1 US CXC 51 A Canada None Automatic trans mission fluid 9 0 qt 8 5L Motorcraft MERCON LV ATF XT 10 QLV MERCON LV 6 Speed Manual transaxle fluid 17 at 1 67 L Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid XT 11 ODC WSS M2C200 D2 Rear differential All Wheel Drive fluid Power Transfer Unit PTU fluid All Wheel Drive 1 2 qt 1 15L 11 8 fl oz 0 35 L Motorcraft SAE 80W 90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant Motorcraft SAE 75W 140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY 8OW90 OL WSP M2C197 A XY 75W140 OL WSL M2C192 A 1 5L EcoBoost 4 3 qt 4 1L Motorcraft SAE 5W WSS M2C945 A engine oil 20 Motor Oil 1 6L EcoBoost 4 3 qt 4 1L engine oil 2 0L EcoBoost 5 7 qt 5 4L Motorcraft SAE 5W WSS M2C946 A engine oil 30 Motor Oil 5 67 5 7 qt 5 4 L Motorcraft SAE 5W WSS M2C945 A 2 5L engine oil 30 Motor Oil 288 Fusion CC7 Capacities and Specifications 1 6L EcoBoost engine coolant 6 6 gt 6 35L Item Capacity Ford part name or Ford part number equivalent Ford specification 1 5L EcoBoost 6 6 qt 6 35 L Motorcraft Orange VC 3DIL B U S 8 Antifreeze Coolant CVC 3DIL B engine cocoan Prediluted Canada WSS M97B44 D2 Concentrate With Bitterant U S Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada 2 0L EcoBoost 8 9 qt 8 4L engine coolant 2 5L engine 7 1 qt
45. following commands SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather forecast Fuel prices Movie listings Sports headlines Sports schedules Sports related commands My teams NBA NFL NHL WNBA Help Additional sports related voice commands Baseball headlines Baseball schedule Baseball scores College basketball headlines Sports scores Traffic Weather Weather map Help If you say Sports headlines Sports schedules or Sports scores you can then say any of the commands in the following chart Sports related commands Baseball College basketball College football Golf MLS Fusion CC7 389 College basketball schedule College basketball scores College football headlines College football schedule College football scores Golf headlines Golf leaderboard Golf schedule MLS headlines MLS schedule MLS scores Motor sports headlines Motor sports order Motor sports schedule My team headlines MyFord Touch i equipped Additional sports related voice commands My teams schedule My teams scores NBA headlines NBA schedule NBA scores NFL headlines NFL schedule NFL scores NHL headlines
46. mode see the SD Card and USB Port section of this chapter Fusion CC7 Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the SIRIUS station such as the Highway The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or SIRIUS satellite radio Note This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English Sample commands lt 877 107 9 gt lt 530 1710 gt lt Channel name gt AM lt 530 1710 gt FM lt 87 7 107 9 gt Play album lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play lt name gt Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt MyFord Touch it equipped Sample commands Sirius lt O 223 gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same
47. release it to flash the headlamps B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps C Headlamps High Beams t E162679 Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off Fusion CC7 AUTOLAMPS F EQuiPPED E142451 The headlamps will switch on and off automatically in low light situations or during inclement weather The headlamps will remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps will remain on See Information Displays page 86 69 Lighting When the headlamp switch is in the Autolamps position the windshield wiper activated exterior lamps will turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on The exterior lamps will turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off This feature does not turn on the exterior lamps during a mist wipe while the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition if the wipers are in automatic or intermittent modes Note f you have autolamps and autowipers switched on the low beam headlamps will turn on automatically when the windshield wipers operate continuously Note You may have to manually switch the headlamps on in severe weather conditions Note f you ha
48. seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed i _ i I E144274 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position then open the tether anchor cover D SS S 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown E144275 Child Safety 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allowa child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greate
49. serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional A Fusion CC7 322 WARNINGS Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly 1 Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 91 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or
50. spoken digits say Clear or press and hold OK the left arrow button 3 Scroll to cycle through the following To end the call press and hold the phone options button When you select You can Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Hold on off appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Join Calls Fusion CC7 Join two separate calls SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty call or conference call 1 Press the phone button 313 SYNC When you select You can 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll to Join Calls and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts Press OK to select and then scroll through your phone book contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call H
51. switch the ignition on and switch the lighting control to the off autolamp or parking lamp position Fusion CC7 7 AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL iF c uiPpED The system will automatically turn on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present When it detects the headlights of an approaching vehicle the tail lamps of the preceding vehicle or street lighting the system will turn off the high beams before they distract other drivers The low beams remain on Note f it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning properly check the windshield in front of the camera for a blockage A clear view of the road is required for proper system operation Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera s field of view repaired Note f the system detects a blockage such as bird droppings bug splatter snow or ice and you do not observe changes the system will go into low beam mode until you clear the blockage A message may also appear in the instrument cluster display noting the front camera is blocked Note Typical road dust dirt and water spots will not affect the performance of the automatic high beam system However in cold or inclement weather conditions you will notice a decrease in the availability of the high beam system especially at start up If you want to change the beam state independently of the system you may switch the high beams on or off usi
52. the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio Reception Factors Distance and strength Terrain Station overload CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact an authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean ina circular motion Fusion CC7 The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception When you pass a ground based b
53. the amount of time needed to cool down the interior and help reduce odors from reaching the interior Recirculated air also engages automatically when MAX A C or MAX defrost is selected and may be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost It may also turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C and MAX defrost to reduce fog potential MAX A C Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C distributes air through instrument panel vents and may help reduce odors from entering your vehicle MAX A C is more economical and efficient than normal A C mode A C Touch to turn air conditioning on or off To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency 394 MyFord Touch it equipped AUTO Touch to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically adjusts fan speed air distribution A C operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature Rear defroster Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors if equipped Manualairflow distribution controls Floor Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air
54. user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully Appendices WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away fromthe road and remove your hands from the wheel A General Operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before atte
55. Distance to E Inst Fuel Econ Long Term Average Fuel Fuel History All Values Note You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls Information Auto Stop Start Available Auto Start Stop messaging will provide details about what is happening with your system See Informa tion Messages page 94 MyKey System Check All active warnings will display first if applicable The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status Use the up down arrow buttons to scroll through the list 87 Fusion CC7 Information Displays Settings Driver Assist Traction Ctrl check enabled or uncheck disabled Blind Spot check enabled or uncheck disabled Rear Park Aid check enabled or uncheck disabled Hill Start Assist check enabled or uncheck disabled Cross Traffic check enabled or uncheck disabled Vehicle Auto Engine Off check enabled or uncheck disabled Fuel History 5 10 or 30 minutes Lighting Autolamp Delay Off or XX Seconds Settings cont d Vehicle Locks Autolock check enabled or uncheck disabled contd Autounlock check enabled or uncheck disabled Relock check enabled or uncheck disabled Mislock check enabled or uncheck disabled Remote Unlock All Doors or Driver
56. Equipped WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as areplacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not areplacement for careful driving and only an assist ee 2 6 oe E124788 Fusion CC7 BLIS aids you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone A The detection area is on both sides of the vehicle extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 feet 3 meters beyond the bumper The system alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving Cross traffic alert warns you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in R Reverse Note BLIS is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles or objects or to detect parked vehicles people animals or infrastructure fences guardrails trees etc Itis designed to alert the driver to vehicles in the blind zones Note When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone typically fewer than two seconds the system does not trigger Using the Systems BLIS turns on when the vehicle is started and is driven forward above 5 mph 8 km h it remains on while the transmission isin D Drive and N Neutral If shifted out of D Drive or N Neutral the system enters cross traffic alert mode Once shifted back into D Drive BLIS turns back on when the vehicle is driven above 5 mph 8 km h
57. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Fusion CC7 Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12 month or 12000 mile 20000 kilometer parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper
58. II If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition see the following instructions Vehicles with an Ignition Key Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission fully press the clutch pedal also Turn the key to position IH to start the engine Release the key when the engine starts Note The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts Note f you cannot start the engine on the first try wait for a short period and try again Starting and Stopping the Engine Vehicles with Keyless Start Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal Note You must have your intelligent access key in the vehicle in order to shift the transmission out of position P 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button The system does not function if The key frequencies are jammed The key battery has no charge If you are unable to start the engine do the following E147165 1 Locate the key backup slot in center console utility compartment 2 With the buttons facing the rear of the vehicle and the key ring up place the key into backup slot 3 With the key in this position press the brake pedal and then the button to switch on the engine Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it off even if a valid key is not present Fusion
59. It will illuminate when you OK engage the parking brake with the ignition on Instrument Cluster If it illuminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop your vehicle Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Cruise Control it Equipped It will illuminate when you switch this feature on Direction Indicator Illuminates when the left or right a turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb See Changing a Bulb page 248 Door Ajar Q Displays when the ignition is on 4 and any door is not completely closed Electric Park Brake It will illuminate when the electric parking brake has a malfunction Fusion CC7 Engine Coolant Temperature Illuminates when the engine _E coolant temperature is high meee Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool Engine Oil If it illuminates with
60. Key Blade The key cylinder is under a cap on the driver door handle To remove the cap E151956 45 Keys and Remote Controls 1 Insert the key blade into the slot on the bottom of the handle and press up While maintaining upward pressure move the cap rearward to release it Gently remove the key while doing so To install the cap E151957 1 Place the cap just forward of the key cylinder While applying pressure to the cap move it forward until it is in place You may hear a snap as it engages Make sure you have properly installed the cap by trying to move it rearward 2 Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally A message will appear in the information display when the remote control battery is low See Information Messages page 94 Fusion CC7 46 Integrated Keyhead Transmitter The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Press the button to release the key before beginning the procedure E151798 1 Insert a screwdriver in the position shown and gently push the clip 2 Press the clip down to release the battery cover E15179 3 Carefully
61. MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 52 Admin key total includes one additional key An unknown key or fob has been programmed to the vehicle as an admin key The vehicle has a remote start system See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 52 MyKey distances do not accumulate The MyKey user is not using the MyKey An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new Mykeys The key system has been reset No MyKey functions with the Intelligent Access key An admin fob is present at vehicle start No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 51 Fusion CC7 53 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock the vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels E138628 A Unlock B Lock Door Lock Indicator An LED on each door window trim will light when you lock the door It will remain lit for up to 10 minutes after you switch off the ignition Switch Inhibitor When you electronically lock your vehicle the power door lock switch will no longer operate after 20 seconds You must unlock your vehicle with the remote control or keyless keypad or switch the ignition on to restore function to these switches You can switch this feature on or off in the information display See General Information page 86 Rear Do
62. Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 15 of the total trailer weight is on the trailer tongue Safety Chains Note Never attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch Fusion CC7 To connect the trailer s safety chains cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic 1 brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds 680 kilograms when loaded Trailer Lamps WARNING Never connect any t
63. SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent BROWSE Album lt name gt All albums All artists All audiobooks MyFord Touch it equipped BROWSE All authors All composers BROWSE Video podcast lt name gt All folders Help All genres All movies All music videos All playlists All podcasts All songs All TV shows All video playlists All video podcasts All videos Artist lt name gt Audiobook lt name gt Author lt name gt Composer lt name gt Folder lt name gt Genre lt name gt Playlist lt name gt Podcast lt name gt TV show lt name gt Video lt name gt Video playlist lt name gt Fusion CC7 This command is only available in USB mode and is device dependent Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metad
64. Stop Alarm Start Vehicle Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthor ized entry See Anti Theft Alarm page 63 Auto Start Stop Message Action Auto StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine The engine needs to be restarted press the brake pedal to Start Auto StartStop Press Brake Harder to Activate The engine needs to be restarted press the brake pedal harder to Start Auto StartStop Press Clutch to Start Engine The engine needs to be restarted press the clutch pedal to Start Auto StartStop Press Any Pedal The engine needs to be restarted press any pedal to start Auto StartStop Select Neutral To Start Engine Select neutral for the system to restart the engine Fusion CC7 96 Information Displays Message Auto StartStop Shift to P Restart Engine Action Select park for the system to restart the engine Auto StartStop Manual Restart Required The system is not functioning A manual restart is required Auto StartStop Not Displays when conditions are not met for the Auto StartStop Available system to function properly See Auto Start Stop page 141 Engine Stopped StartStop has shutoff the engine automatically Engine Starting StartStop is starting the engine automatically Engine On due to Vehicle Maneuvering The wheels are at a sharp angle or the steering wheel is being turned Engine On due to
65. WARNINGS When possible all children 12 years 1 old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of lap and shoulder safety belts shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position A Safety belt warning light and chime A Safety Belts Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated In frontal and near frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or if the crash is of
66. Windows and Mirrors E144499 A Open B Vent E Close Opening and Closing the Moonroof Touch A to open the moonroof It will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open Touch A again to fully open the moonroof Touch C to close the moonroof Bounce Back The moonroof will stop automatically and reverse some distance if an obstacle is detected while closing Touch and hold C within two seconds of a bounce back event to override this function Venting the Moonroof Touch B to vent the moonroof Touch C to close it 79 Fusion CC7 Instrument Cluster GAUGES Type land 2 E144485 A Tachometer B Information Display Type 2 shown Type 1 similar C Speedometer D Fuel Gauge E Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Information Display Outside Air Temperature Shows the outside air temperature Odometer p Located in the bottom of the information Compass display Registers the accumulated Displays the vehicle s heading direction distance your vehicle has traveled Trip Computer See General Information page 86 80 Fusion CC7 Instrument Cluster Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information page 86 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Shows the temperature of the engine coolant Atnormal operating temperature the needle will remain in the ce
67. a bus tow truck or flatbed truck E130107 Fusion CC7 Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves The system should not be used if a foreign object i e bike rack or trailer is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to the sensors an overhanging object i e surfboard is attached to the roof the front bumper or side sensors are damaged i e in a collision or obstructed by a foreign object i e front bumper cover a mini spare tire is in use Using Active Park Assist P Press the button located on the e center console near the gearshift lever The touch screen displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it s searching for a parking space Use the turn signal to indicate which side of the vehicle you want the system to search on Note f the turn signal is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side Parking Aids When a suitable space is found the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds Slow down and stop when the touch screen displays a message anda chime sounds at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touch screen Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the
68. adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Fusion CC7 Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings page 351 Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes such as adding or removing tracks to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse This feature allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request Playing Video from Your Device To access and play video from your device your vehicle s transmission must be in position P vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission or neutral vehicle equipped with a manual transmission with the ignitionin accessory mode See Starting and Stopping the Engine
69. admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 52 cannot program the configurable The key or fob used to start your vehicle does settings not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 51 The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 52 cannot clear the MyKeys The key or fob used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges 52 Fusion CC7 MyKey Condition lost the only admin key Potential Causes No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 51 The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 52 Purchase a new key from your authorized dealer I lost a key Program a spare key See Passive Anti Theft System page 61 accidentally programmed all keys as MyKeys The vehicle has a remote start system that is recognized as an admin key Clear all MyKeys by using the remote start See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 52 The vehicle s system does not recognize any programmed Mykeys See Creating a MyKey page 51 MyKey total includes one additional key An unknown key or fob has been created as a MyKey The vehicle has a remote start system See Using
70. advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Don t forget to ask about our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 0039 Name PLEASE PRINT ADDRESS APT CITY STATE ZIP E MAIL Fusion CC7 Ford Extended Service Plan ESP SERVICE PLANS CANADAONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as Rental reimbursement Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of
71. and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel ABS do not pump the brakes See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brakes page 162 for more information on the operation of the anti lock brake system ABS Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder or luggage racks Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off highway usage 161 Fusion CC7 Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occas
72. and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section E142657 Fusion CC7 The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 In vehicle programming This process is to program your hand held transmitter and your in vehicle HomeLink
73. and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Child Safety E142535 Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol E169083 The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachmen
74. as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less Introduction The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling and Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of thecircumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur Note Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an event data recorder special equipment is required and access
75. as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Starting and Stopping the Engine Using the Engine Block Heater The engine block heater plug is located in a housing in the left fog lamp bezel Open the hinged circular door and make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It will achieve maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation If you use the heater longer than three hours this will not improve system performance and will use unnecessary electricity 140 Fusion CC7 Unique Driving Characteristics AUTO START STOP iF equipped The system helps reduce fuel consumption by automatically shutting off and restarting the engine while your vehicle is stopped The engine will restart auto
76. authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 425 Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill Fusion CC7 WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impai
77. available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Fusion CC7 The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are onan acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG Button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca MyFord Touch it equipped When HD Radio broadcasts are active you Memory presets allow you to save an can access the following functions active channel as a memory preset Sc
78. back to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking Max 30 E68595 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and air bags will provide optimum protection in the event of acrash Fusion CC7 We recommend that you follow these guidelines Sitin an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 25 centimeters between your breastbone and the air bag cover Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving The head restraint is a safety device Whenever poss
79. card to remove it as this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation page 396 E142621 The USB ports are located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen 373 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Playing Music from Your Device Insert your device and select the D SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat This feature replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle Touch this button to play music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing More Info Touch this button to see disc information such as current track artist name album and genre Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Sound Settings allows you to
80. channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts This feature allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to 368 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing ona satellite radio channel Note S R US does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN SIRIUS requires this number when communicating with you about your account Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations SIRIUS Satellite Radio Informatio
81. dangerous effects A Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and the leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER ir EQUIPPED WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury A Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged adapters There is a risk of electrical shock A Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C Fusion CC7 139 The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt AC electrical source We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard Use
82. decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav c remove from the TeleNav Software or alter any of TeleNav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software or e use the TeleNav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav Fusion CC7 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will TeleNav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision m
83. down for more options such as SD Card BT Stereo and A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in H Radio memory presets and CD controls monou gt Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer Browsing Device Content for more information When listening to audio on a device you You can access these options using the can browse through other devices without touchscreen r voice commands having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SDcard you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device 361 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch if equipped Press the voice icon on the us steering wheel When prompted you can say BROWSE within devices Browse Browse lt league gt games Browse lt Sirius category gt channels Browse SD card Wwe Browse Sirius channel guide Browse USB Help If you only say Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio BROWSE lt League gt Games lt Sirius category gt channels SD card Sirius Channel Guide USB Help This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio For more commands in SD card or USB
84. driver door being opened Engine On due to Driver Belt Unbuckled Engine is on due to the driver seat belt being unbuckled Engine On due to Heating Cooling Engine is on to achieve or maintain interior compartment at an acceptable level Engine On due to Power Outlet in Use Engine is on which is required to support the use of the power outlet 110V Engine On due to Vehicle Charging Engine is on due to the vehicle battery needing to be charged Select Neutral and Select neutral and release the clutch for the system to restart Release Clutch to Auto the engine Stop Deactivated by Driver Displays when the Start Stop feature has been disabled by the driver Automatic Engine Shutdown Message Action Engine Shuts Off in XX Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off Seconds Engine Shut Off for Fuel Displays when the engine has shut off to help increase fuel Economy economy Engine Shuts Off in XX Seconds Press Ok to Override Displays when the engine is getting ready to shut off You can press OK on the left steering wheel button to override the shut down Fusion CC7 98 Information Displays AWD Message Action AWD Temporarily Displayed when the AWD system has been temporarily Disabled disabled to protect itself from overheating AWD Off Displayed when the AWD system has been automatically disabled to protect itself This
85. driving from a heated garage into the cold or after leaving a car wash REAR VIEW CAMERA reouPPeD WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle Fusion CC7 WARNINGS Use caution when using the rear video camera and the trunk is ajar If the trunk is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the trunk is ajar A Use caution when turning camera T features on or off while in R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind the vehicle The image will be displayed in either in the rear view mirror or the display in the center of the instrument panel During operation lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind the vehicle Parking Aids aed Oxxx 0 X XXXX E142435 The camera is located on the trunk Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view c
86. dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes FLOOR MATS E142666 Fusion CC7 212 WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle leaving the pedal area unobstructed and which can be firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways Incorrectly fitted floor mats can cause the accelerator pedal to become stuck in the open position This can cause loss of vehicle control Always correctly install the floor mats to the retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position or obstruct pedal operation Do not place unsecured floor mats or any other covering in the foot well Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats This will reduce the pedal clearance and interfere with the pedal operation Do not allow objects to fall or become trapped under the pedals of your vehicle This can cause loss of vehicle control Carry out regular inspections to make sure the floor mats are secure To install the floor mats position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position Remove in reverse order Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold
87. efforts prematurely wear transmission components or damage the transmission Note Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold your vehicle at a standstill while waiting ona hill These actions will reduce the life of the clutch and could nullify a clutch warranty claim R13 5 4 E144954 Manual transmission vehicles have a starter interlock that prevents cranking the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully pressed To start the vehicle 1 Make sure the parking brake is fully set 2 Press the clutch pedal to the floor then put the gearshift lever in the neutral position Start the engine Press the brake pedal and move the gearshift lever to the desired gear 1 First or R Reverse Release the parking brake then slowly release the clutch pedal while slowly pressing on the accelerator Fusion CC7 152 During each shift the clutch pedal must be fully pressed to the floor Make sure the floor mat is properly positioned so it doesn t interfere with the full extension of the clutch pedal Recommended Shift Speeds Note Do not downshift into 1 First when your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph 24 km h This will damage the clutch Recommended upshifts for best fuel economy when accelerating Shift from 1 2 15 mph 24 km h 2 3 25 mph 40 km h 3 4 40 mph 64 km h 4 5 45 mph 72 km h 5 6 50 mph 80 km h Rever
88. electric parking brake in certain conditions for example on a steep hill the electric parking brake may reapply the brakes within three to ten minutes Note You may notice various noises when you apply and release the electric parking brake This is normal and no cause for concern Parking ona hill vehicles witha manual transmission If you park your vehicle facing uphill move the transmission selector lever to position 1 and turn the steering wheel away from the curb If you park your vehicle facing downhill move the transmission selector lever to position R and turn the steering wheel toward the curb Applying the electric parking brake WARNING If the brake system warning lamp T does not illuminate or flashes there could be a problem with your electric parking brake Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible Fusion CC7 Note The brake system warning lamp will illuminate for ten seconds if the ignition is turned off after the electric parking brake has been applied or the electric parking brake has been applied after the ignition has been turned off Note The electric parking brake will not automatically apply You must apply the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch r e E147230 Pull the switch up to apply the electric parking brake The brake system warning lamp will illuminate to confirm that the electric parking brake ha
89. electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container Place approved fuel container on the ground Do not fill a fuel container while it is in your vehicle including the cargo area Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Fuel and Refueling Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Putthe vehicle in position P and switch the ignition off 2 ed E166527 2 Press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and release to open A ye P Pa a E156032 Note Hold the handle of the fuel filler nozzle higher while you insert the nozzle for easier access 147 Fusion CC7 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system to open both doors Leave the nozzle fully inserted until you have stopped pumping fuel E154765 Note Allow about five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle 4 After you have stopped pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle Note A fuel spillage
90. enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up and downloading your phonebook Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio Put the transmission in position P automatic transmission or neutral with the parking brake applied manual transmission Fusion CC7 Note 70 scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system 1 Press the phone button and then scroll to System Settings Press OK 2 Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK 3 Scroll to Add Bluetooth Device Press OK 4 When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK 5 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s manual if necessary 6 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up or download your phone book Phone Voice Commands PHONE Call lt name g
91. few seconds Note The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display With Intelligent Access Keys Note You will need to have two programmed intelligent access keys for this procedure To display the factory set code in the information display E147165 1 Place the first programmed key in the backup slot inside the center console The key ring must be at the top with the buttons facing toward the rear 2 Press the START STOP button once and wait a few seconds 3 Press the START STOP button again and remove the key 4 Insert the second programmed key into the backup slot then press the START STOP button Locks The factory set code will appear in the information display for a few seconds Note The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE WARNINGS Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including b
92. free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca SYNC Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio Put the transmission in position P automatic transmission or neutral with the parking brake applied manual transmission Note 70 scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button When the display indicates there is no phone paired press OK 2 When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK 3 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your device s manual if necessary 4 When prompted on your phone s display
93. from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types Wheels and Tires T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not Exceed 50 mph 80 km h Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label Tow a trailer Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at atime Use commercial car washing equipment Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability if applicable 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly do not Exceed 70 mph 113 km h Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time Fusion CC7 Use commercial car washing equipment Use snow
94. helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals It is a guideline only Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Interval Vehicle use and example Normal 7500 10000 miles 12000 16000 km Normal commuting with highway driving No or moderate load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling Severe 5000 7499 miles 8000 11999 km Moderate to heavy load or towing Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation 3000 4999 miles Extreme 4000 7999 km Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation Normal Maintenance Intervals At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Change engine oil and filter Rotate the tires Perform a multi point inspection recommended Fusion CC7 Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level Consult your dealer for requirements Scheduled Maintenance
95. inflated and use only the recommended size Fusion CC7 211 Use the recommended engine oil Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance There are also some things you may want to avoid doing because they reduce your fuel economy Avoid sudden or hard accelerations Avoid revving the engine before turning off the car Avoid long idle periods Do not warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Reduce the use of air conditioning and heat Avoid using speed control in hilly terrain Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Avoid carrying unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 kilometers liter is lost for every 400 lbs 180 kilograms of weight carried Avoid adding particular accessories to your vehicle e g bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment DRIVING THROUGH WATER Note Driving through deep water above the recommended levels can cause vehicle damage If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks Driving Hints E142667 When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Once through the water always
96. information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See SYNC page 306 Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the Introduction vendorsit uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See SYNC page 306 CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal For more information visit Web Address www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate F
97. is a soeed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging gt Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phonebook 4 You can select from the following options Send which sends the message as it is Edit Text which allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list Text message options lll call you back in a few minutes just left I ll be there soon Can you give mea call I m on my way I m running a few minutes late Fusion CC7 Text message options I m ahead of schedule so l ll be there early I m outside I ll call you when get there OK Yes No Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL Receiving a Text Message Note f you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving When anew message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press View to v
98. is caused by operating the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system is overheating AWD Restored The AWD system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re installed or after the system is allowed to cool AWD Malfunction Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control Transmis Service Required sion AWD light when the AWD system is not operating prop erly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Battery and Charging System Message Action Check Charging System Displayed when the charging system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off Displayed when the battery management system detects an extended low voltage condition Various vehicle features will be disabled to help preserve the battery Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage If the system voltage has recovered the disabled features will operate again as normal Turn Power Off to Save Battery Displayed when the battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge Turn the ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery This message will clear once the vehicle has been started and the battery state o
99. l 110 Fusion CC7 Climate Control Fusion CC7 Driver temperature control Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging Fan speed control Press to decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Fan speed indicator Uminates to indicate fan speed When the system is controlling the fan automatically all of the fan speed indicators turn off Airflow distribution control Press these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield instrument panel and footwell vents The system can distribute air through any combination of these air vents At least one of these buttons remains on while the system is on When the system is controlling air distribution automatically indicators for all of these buttons turn off Fan speed control Press to increase the volume of air circulated in your vehicle AUTO Press the button to turn on fully automatic operation
100. make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rom which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury Understanding the Positions of Your Automatic Transmission Putting your vehicle in gear 1 Fully press down the brake pedal 2 Press and hold the button on the front of the gearshift lever 3 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear 4 Release the button and your transmission will remain in the selected gear E142628 Transmission P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning Come to acomplete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to acomplete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six S Sport Moving the gearshift lever to S Sport Provides additional grade engi
101. maneuver Note Vehicles with overhanging loads e g a bus ora truck street furniture and other items may not be detected by active park assist You must make sure the selected space is suitable for parking Note The vehicle should be driven as parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space Note The system always offers the last detected parking space i e if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one E130108 When you think the vehicle has enough space in front and behind it or you hear a chime followed by a solid tone from the parking aid bring the vehicle to a complete stop Fusion CC7 171 Note f driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touch screen shows a message to alert you to reduce vehicle speed Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note f vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the system switches off and you need to take full control of the vehicle Note f a maneuver is interrupted before completion the system switches off The steering wheel position will not indicate the actual position of the steering and you have to full take control of the vehicle When you shift the transmission into R Reverse with your hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement the vehicle steers itself into the space Instructions to safely move the vehicle back and forward in the space are displayed in the touch s
102. mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors They can increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle Check the main mirror first before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If the blind spot mirror does not show any vehicles in its viewing area and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you intend to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes Fusion CC7 77 E138665 The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C Blind Spot Monitor it equipped See Blind Spot Monitor page 189 INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Windows and Mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up
103. needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Depending on the type of system you have on your vehicle you can either turn the system off using the information display or by pressing the button Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls If Equipped Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled If required you can switch this feature off using the information display controls See Principle of Operation page 166 Switching the System Off Using a Switch If Equipped The button is located in the instrument panel Press the button You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display Press the button again to return the system to normal mode When you switch the traction control system off stability control remains fully active Fusion CC7 System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through the information display If the stability control light still i
104. not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes E152533 The system consists of the following A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks Front passenger sensing system e Crash sensors and monitoring N system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 42 Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat Fusion CC7 40 The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG A driver s and passenger s kn
105. of your fuel history Fuel History Duration shows fuel usage over a 5 10 or 30 minute time span Note You can reset your average fuel Info economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel In this mode you can view controls different vehicle system information and perform a system check 91 Fusion CC7 Information Displays Information Auto Stop Start Available Auto Start Stop messaging will provide details about what is happening with your system See Informa tion Messages page 94 Driver Alert MyKey MyKeys and Admin Keys Programmed System Check All active warnings will display first if applicable The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status Use the up down arrow buttons to scroll through the list Note Some items are optional and may Settings not appear In this mode you can configure different driver setting choices Settings Driver Traction Ctrl On or Off Assist Blindspot On default on key cycle or Off Collision Warning Sensitivity High Normal or Low Cruise Control Adaptive default on key cycle or Normal Cross Traffic On default on key cycle or Off Driver Alert On or Off Hill start On or Off Settings cont d Driver Lane Keeping System Mode Alert Aid or Both ean Intensity High Normal or Low
106. off when MyKey is used See Principle of Operation page 50 Fusion CC7 One or both systems can also be switched off permanently at your authorized dealer Once switched off switching it back on must also be done at your authorized dealer STEERING Electric Power Steering WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected a message will be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill Driving Aids If your vehicle loses
107. once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio frequency signal After programming the HomeLink button begin programming your garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener Fusion CC7 4 E142659 To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming your garage door opener motor 1 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps 2 Return to your vehicle E142658 3 Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons Universal Garage Door Opener E142660 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a Single Button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT r
108. only if equipped safety car seats and belt positioning booster The rear inflatable safety belts are fitted in the shoulder portion of the safety belts of the second row outboard seating positions seats when properly installed This is because they are designed to fill with a cooled gas at a lower pressure and at a slower rate than traditional airbags After inflation the shoulder portion of the safety belt remains cool to the touch The rear inflatable safety belt consists of the following An inflatable bag located in the shoulder safety belt webbing Lap safety belt webbing with Pineges automatic locking mode Buckle the combination lap and The same warning light electronic shoulder belt control and diagnostic unit as used for 2 Grasp the lap portion of the belt and the front safety belts pull upward until the entire belt is Impact sensors located in various parts pulled out of the vehicle 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode 28 Fusion CC7 Safety Belts How does the rear inflatablesafety belt system work The rear inflatable safety belts will function like standard restraints in everyday usage E146364 During a crash of sufficient force the inflatable belt will inflate from inside the webbing E146365 The fully inflated belt s increased diameter more
109. or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror it equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up SUN VISORS E138666 S Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade Fusion CC7 78 Illuminated Vanity Mirror E162197 Lift the cover to switch the lamp on MOONROOF iF couippep WARNINGS Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves When closing the moonroof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening The sliding shade can be manually opened or closed when the moonroof is closed Pull the shade toward the front of the vehicle to close it The moonroof controls are located on the overhead console and have a one touch open and close feature To stop it during one touch operation touch the control a second time
110. own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can Fusion CC7 12 enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s M
111. pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Letter mph km h rating M 81 mph 130 km h N 87 mph 140 km h Q 99 mph 159 km h R 106 mph 171 km h S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h U 124 mph 200 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h Fusion CC7 264 Letter mph km h rating W 168 mph 270 km h Y 186 mph 299 km h Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for tracea
112. roads to avoid impacts that could cause wheel and tire damage Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading Mi E142542 Fusion CC7 Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions ona specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 1 2 times as well on Wheels and Tires the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of th
113. servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy See Scheduled Maintenance page 425 If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions Do not work on a hot engine Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Fusion CC7 233 Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turnoff the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels Working with the Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start
114. shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Safety Belts Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Properly care for safety belts See Vehicle Care page 253 33 Fusion CC7 Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints Front outboard safety belts with pretensione
115. so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Bolt size lb ft Nm M12 x1 5 100 135 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal E145950 A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 283 Fusion CC7 Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 1 5L EcoBoost 1 6L EcoBoost 2 0L EcoBoost 2 5L engine engine engine engine Cubic inches 92 98 122 152 Required Minimum 87 Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87 Minimum 87 fuel octane octane octane Compression 10 0 1 10 0 1 9 3 1 9 71 ratio Spark plug 0 025 0 029 in 0 027 0 031 in 0 027 0 031 in 0 049 0 053 gap 0 65 0 75 mm 0 70 0 80 mm 0 70 0 80 in 1 25 1 35 mm mm 2 0L and 2 5L engines 9 Drivebelt Routing it equipped 1 5L engine E161383 A Long drivebelt is on first pulley groove 167586 closest to engine 1 6L engin
116. soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance 1 M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Fusion CC7 150 If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work you may need to have the vehicle serviced See On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case your vehicle is not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has re
117. spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest then Map See Map mode later in this chapter MyFord Touch it equipped Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Destination My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing the Go button makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this poi
118. system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road B In these cases the system may brake late or unexpectedly The driver should stay alert and intervene when necessary Fusion CC7 182 If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs the radar sensing zone may change This could cause missed or false vehicle detections See an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation System Not Available Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested include a blocked sensor high brake temperature a failure in the system or a related system Blocked Sensor WARNINGS Do not use the system when towing a trailer with brake controls Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when you switch the system on because the brakes are electronically controlled Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system Failing to do so may result ina loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury e E145632 Cruise Control Amessage displays if something obstructs the radar signal
119. that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself Fusion CC7 416 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to TeleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the TeleNav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to TeleNav s third party vendor licensors NavTeq End User License Agreement END USER TERMS The
120. that your portable music player is designed for use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission or neutral vehicle equipped with a manual transmission MyFord Touch if equipped 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console 3 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned FM station or a CD if there is a CD already loaded into the system 4 Adjust the volume as desired 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 2 the maximum 6 Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V In tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPo
121. the Engine Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note You cannot permanently switch off the automatic engine shutdown feature When you switch it off temporarily it turns on at the next ignition cycle You can stop the engine shutdown or reset the timer at any point before the 30 second countdown has expired by doing any of the following You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle such as pressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on for the current ignition cycle only Use the information display to do so See Information Displays page 86 During the countdown before engine shutdown you are prompted to press OK or RESET depending on your type of information display to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary Vehicles with an Ignition Key 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P automatic transmission or 1 manual transmission 2 Turn the key to position O 3 Apply the parking brake Vehicles with Keyless Start 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 Press the button once 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators Fusion CC7 Note f the engine is idling for 30 minutes the ignition and engine auto
122. the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruc tion The surface of the radar inthe grille is clean but the message remains in the display Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed Heavy rain spray snow or fog is interfering with the radar signals The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automat ically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve Swirling water or snow orice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automat ically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve System Limitations WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation A Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning These include Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph 10 km h Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Severe weather conditions see blocked sensor section Debris build up on the grille near the headlamps see blocked sensor s
123. the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range weather conditions nearby radio towers structures around the vehicle other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions for example amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended Note f you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Fusion CC7 Intelligent Access if Equipped The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle You press the luggage compartment button You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low you may need to mechanically unlock your do
124. the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life Front wheel drive and all wheel drive vehicles front tires on the left side of the diagram EB B R y Ge a EB E142547 Wheels and Tires All vehicles with directional tires front tires on the left side of the diagram peo ED E147237 Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Summer Tires Your Ford vehicle may be equipped with summer tires to provide superior performance on wet and dry roads Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow M S or M S tire traction rating on the tire side wall Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All season or Snow tires Ford does not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to approximately 40 F 5 C or below depending on tire wear and environmental conditions or in snow and ice conditions Like any tire summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions If you must drive in those condit
125. the set speed displayed in the information display may vary slightly from the speedometer Following a Vehicle WARNINGS When following a vehicle in front of you your vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop nor will your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention Always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a crash serious injury or death Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning You should always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result ina crash serious injury or death Note The brakes may emit a sound when modulated by the adaptive cruise control system When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance The distance setting is adjustable The lead vehicle graphic will illuminate Fusion CC7 The vehicle will maintain a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until the vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed the vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view the vehicle speed falls below 12 mph 20 km h a new gap distance is set The vehicle will apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front The max
126. the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Sean is pressed Pressing Sean disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences Fusion CC7 301 Audio System HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion Satellite Radio Reception Factors SATELLITE RADIO iF equipped SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Potential satellite radio reception issues For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Antenna obstructions Hills mou
127. tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 276 Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have an authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired Adissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance
128. to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select System Info Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDN number Press OK to select MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Return Exit the current menu Fusion CC7 321 SYNC SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES iF equippep In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca SYNC Services Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency Vehicle Health Report Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle This is an optional feature and available in the United States only 911 Assist WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of
129. to reduce the possibility of fogging A C Press the button to turn air conditioning off and on To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL ir equipPep Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Settings page 351 E144493 A B Fusion CC7 Driver heated seat control if equipped Turn the driver heated seat off and on See Heated Seats page 126 Driver temperature control Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged Power Press to turn the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle 112 Climate Control D Fan speed control Press on either side of the fan icon to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle E Passenger temperature controls Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature for the passenger side of the vehicle F Passenger heated seat control if equipped Turn the passenger heated seat off and on See Heated Seats page 126 G Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently i
130. to the current engine and A MIN emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the B MAX International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile ENGINE OIL CHECK manufacturers Note Check the level before starting the engine E169062 238 Fusion CC7 Maintenance 1 Remove the filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets the Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 284 3 Replace the filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET To reset the oil monitoring system after an oil change See General Information page 86 ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information See Capacities and Specifications page 284 Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note f the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to 50 which equates to a freeze point between 30 F degrees 34 2C and 349F 372C Fusion CC7 Note For best results coolant concentr
131. tone 4 The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands SYNC USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over your vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artist and album SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port Note f your digital media player has a power switch make sure you switch it on before plugging it in To Connect Using Voice Commands 1 Plug the device into the USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands To Connect Using the System Menu 1 Plug the device into the USB port 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu 3 Scroll to Select Source Press OK 4 Scroll to USB Press OK 5 Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete t
132. towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer E143818 5 J 7 Safety Compliance Certification GVW Gross Vehicle Weight abel The label shall be affixed is the Vehicle Curb Weight plus to either the door hinge pillar cargo plus passengers door latch post or the door edge GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight that meets the door latch post Rating is the maximum next to the driver s seating allowable weight of the fully position The Gross Vehicle loaded vehicle including all Weight must never exceed the options equipment passengers Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and cargo It is shown on the Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG XXXL RI XXXXK XXXX XXXXXXX RIMS XXXX XX RIMS AT XXX Pat PSLCOLD df AT XXX kPa XX PS COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXX x EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO W TINTTR PPS R AE TTR SPR XXXXX XXX XX X XX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX HK XXXX XXXXXXX XX E142523 200 Fusion CC7 Load Carrying MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR PNBY XXXXLB XXXXKG FRONT GAWR PNBE AV 7 REAR GAWR PNBE AR XXXX HOKE XXXX WITH AVEC TIRES PNEUS XXXX XXXXK XXXX XXXXX XXXXXX RIMS JANTES XXxXXX AT A kPo PSI LPC xxx xx COLD A FROID yon VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
133. type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company Wheels and Tires You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING A Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cra
134. water leak are Water puddle inside the lamp Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Fusion CC7 Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note f the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used E159753 Headlamp assembly A Side marker lamp bulb B High beam headlamp bulb C Low beam headlamp bulb D Front parking Turn signal lamp bulb Replacing the High Beam Headlamp Bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the service cap 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove it from the headlamp assembly 5 Install the new bulb in reverse order 248 Maintenance Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp Bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the service cap 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Release the retainer spring and remove it from the headlamp assembly 5 Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing the Front Parking Turn E145777 Signal Lamp Bulb f i 3 Remove the pu
135. 0 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Fusion CC7 Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual Fre
136. 32 km h before the light turns off Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Flashing warning Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire light assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible g g It may take up to two minutes of driving When Inflating Your Tires over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn When putting air into your tires suchasat Off after ae e your tires to the a gas station or in your garage the tire recommended inflation pressure pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires 278 Fusion CC7 Wheels and Tires How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a ty
137. 4 Keyless Entry Interior Luggage Compartment RElGASC cninn 60 Security Passive Anti Theft SyStem ccccscseeees 61 Anti Theft Alarm cssssssssssssssssssssssssessesees 63 Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel 64 Audio Control VOICE CONDOM prea EEDA Cruise Control f Information Display Control e 2 65 Heated Steering WheeL cscs 66 Table of Contents Wipers and Washers Windshield WIDESS ccccccesesseseseseeeseesesees 67 AUTOWIDESS cscsseseseesssesesessesesesesesteesesesseseseees 67 Windshield WAaSNETG scscsecsessessseseesesees 68 Lighting Lighting Control swcscnaseasasnaies 69 AUtOLAMDS cccsesseesessssesseseseseseseesescsseeseseesessees 69 Instrument Lighting Dimmer 70 Headlamp Exit Delay cccccessssessesteseeeseees 71 Daytime Running LAMPS 7 Automatic High Beam Control well Front Fog Lamps 72 Direction Indicators 1D Interior La Senn 73 Ambient LISNting cccesesesesesessesseetesees 74 Windows and Mirrors Power WiINCOWS scsscssesessssestesestesestsseesessesneees 75 Global Opening and CLOSING 76 Exterior MirrOrs ccscsssecsssesesesessessseseseesseesees 76 Interior Mirror wal Sun Visors Wlotele kote eee ees 78 Instrument Cluster GaU SES nnn keke 80 Warning Lamps and Indicators B82 Audible Warnings and Indicators 85 Information Displays General INFOrmation In
138. 6 8 L coolant Windshield washer Fill as required Motorcraft Premium ZC 32 A1 or ZC 32 Bl fluid Windshield Washer U S CXC 37 A B D and F Canada WSB M8BI16 A2 Front wheel drive fuel tank 16 5 gal 62 5 L All wheel drive fuel tank 17 5 gal 66 2 L Not applicable Not applicable A C Refrigerant 1 50 lb 0 68 kg Motorcraft R 134a YN 19 US Compressor Oil Fusion CC7 Compressor Oil 289 Refrigerant WSH M17 B19 A 2 5L Engine except E100 CYN 16 R Canada WSH M17 B19 A A C Refrigerant 1 23 lb 0 56 kg 1 5L 1 6L 2 0L and 2 5L E100 Engines A C Refrigerant 5 2 fl oz 153 8 ml Motorcraft PAG YN 12 D Refrigerant Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or equivalent Ford part number Ford specification NSH MIC231 A Ford recommends using Motorcraft Ford equivalent meeting WSS M6C65 A2 Use o may cause degraded brake performance an DOT 4 LV High Performance Brake Fluid or f any fluid other than the recommended fluid dnot meet the Ford performance standards Keep brake fluid clean and dry Contaminati on with dirt water petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure 7Approximate dry fill capacity Actual amount may vary during fluid changes Automatic transmissions that require Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid s
139. 9 i E142665 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface or connecting point if available 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge Fusion CC7 POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The horn and lamps will turn off when The hazard control button is pressed The panic button if equipped is pressed on the remote entry transmitter Your vehicle runs out of power Spinout Detection If a spinout is detected the vehicle comes to a stop and the hazard warning flashers come on The message Spinout Detected Hazards Activated will also appear on the instrument cluster The message may not appear if your vehicle runs out of power Once the hazard warning flashers have been activated you can turn them off by Pressing the hazard warning flasher button Pressing the remote control unlock button Pressing the remote control panic
140. C c ing Stability Control dvanceTrac U Media Menu Features E Media Voice Commands 329 System Settings 335 What s Playing cccssscseseesesessssesssseseeseeees 329 Using SYNC With Your Phone 310 Accessing Features through the Phone Accessing Your Phone Settings Making Calls ccs Pairing a Phone for the First Time Pairing Subsequent Phones Phone Options during an Active Call Phone Voice Command 31 Receiving Calls System Settings Text Messaging Using Traction Control Switching the System Off Using a Switch Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls 0068 166 System Indicator Lights and M ssagES eane Using Voice Recognition Initiating a Voice Session System Interaction and Feedback 309 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Only 219 V Vehicle Care General Information Vehicle Certification Label Vehicle Identification Number Fuel system General Heated and ventilated seat air filter replacement if equipped 126 Ventilation See Climate CONtrol ccecccsccsssessseeseseees 109 449 Fusion CC7 Index VIN Wipers ANd WASHNETS cscsccscssesesesesteseseeees See Vehicle Identification Numbev 286 Voice CoN ola i en 65 Warning Lamps and IndicatorsS 82 Adaptiv
141. CC7 MyFord Touch if equipped SERVICES Route status Route summary Services Update route Help SIRIUS Travel Link If Equipped WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note n order to use SIRIUS Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www siriusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by SIRIUS Travel Link Note Neither S RIUS nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the SIRIUS Travel Link services or its use in vehicles 388 Fusion CC7 When you subscribe to SIRIUS Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weat
142. CC7 SYNC When you select Albums You can Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll to choose the desired artist Press OK Sort all indexed media by albums If there are fewer than 255 indexed albums the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll to choose the desired album Press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired genre Press OK Playlists Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL or MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetic ally in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired playlist Press OK Tracks Search for and play a specific indexed track SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetic ally Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired track Press OK Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on y
143. CMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 35 Important information regarding airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 213 Important information regarding the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter Setting 911 Assist On m If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Touch Apps gt 911 Assist then select On Fusion CC7 You can also access 911 Assist by Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To make sure that 911 Assist works properly SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all cras
144. California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Fusion CC7 Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers Engine air filter and cabin air filter replacement The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter Scheduled Maintenance NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Intelligent Oil Life Monitor Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor
145. Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage Vehicle Care Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance To clean the windshield and wiper blades Clean the windshield with a non abrasive glass cleaner For windshields contaminated with tree sap chemicals wax or bugs clean the entire windshield using steel wool no greater than OOOO grade ina circular motion and rinse with water Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer fluid Note Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window The vehicle warranty does no
146. Drive Vehicles All wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise you cannot recreational tow your vehicle 210 Fusion CC7 Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion Drive at steady speeds Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving When running errands go to the furthest destination first and then work your way back home Close the windows for high speed driving Drive at reasonable speeds Traveling at 65 mph 105 kph uses about 15 less fuel than traveling at 75 mph 121 kph Keep the tires properly
147. Driving Aids Note B S does not function in R Reverse or P Park or provide any additional warning when a turn signal is on Note Cross traffic alert detects approaching vehicles from up to 45 feet 14 meters away though coverage decreases when the sensors are blocked Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness Note For manual transmission vehicles CTA will be active only if the transmission is in Reverse If the vehicle is rolling backwards and the transmission is not in Reverse then CTA will not be active E142440 In this first example the left sensor is only partially obstructed zone coverage is nearly maximized Fusion CC7 WARNING To help avoid personalinjury NEVER use the cross traffic alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space Cross traffic alert is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist 190 Driving Aids E142441 Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles Here the left sensor is mostly obstructed zone coverage on that side is severely limited System Lights and Messages E142442 The BLIS and cross traffic alert systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of the vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from Note The alert indicator dims when nighttime darkness is d
148. E161889 384 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped A SYNC Services B SIRIUS Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications Under the Information menu you can access features such as SYNC Services SIRIUS Travel Link Alerts Calendar SYNC Applications e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone page 379 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Fusion CC7 Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions an
149. Engine 135 General Information ST GCIING cece Electric Power Steering Steering Wheel Storage COMPArtMEMS cceceeecseseeeeees 134 Sunroof See Moonroof Sun Visors Illuminated Vanity Supplementary Restraints System 35 Principle Of Operation ccccccessesesesceseseseeeeees 35 Fusion CC7 Symbols GLOSSALY c ccccsessecsessesestesestesesteseeseees SYNC Applications and Services IASS iiipin aa SYNC ABI vieccesiscoonceccsercasantisnientninoneaadics SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI Vehicle Health Report SYNC General Information SYNC Troubleshooting T Technical Specifications See Capacities and Specifications The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto 1284 Line Program U S OMly cccceseseeeeees 219 Tire Carey sonha Nr a N REN REEN RERS 260 Glossary of Tire TerMinOlOgy ccsceseeeees 261 Information About Uniform Tire Quality NaC ING wacciisea a ai 260 Information Contained on the Tire dewa ll ires hanian aei 262 Temperature A B C Traction AA A BC Treadwear Tire Pressure Monitoring System 276 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring SYStOM cccceeseseeesceseseseeneeees 277 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring SYSTEM eceseeeseseeeseeseeteseeseeees 277 Tires See Wheels and Tires Towing a Trailer Load Placement Towing the Vehicle on Four Eme
150. First Oil Life Rest Set to XXX Switch Inhibit check enabled or uncheck disabled Windows Remote Open or Remote Close Wipers Courtesy Wipe or Rain Sensing MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 911 Assist Always On or User Selectable Traction Always On or User Selectable Contro Fusion CC7 Max Speed Choose desired speed or Off Speed Minder Choose desired speed or Off 88 Information Displays Settings cont d Volume On or Off Limiter Do Not On or Off Disturb Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Display Language Choose your applicable setting Units Distance Choose your applicable setting Temperature Choose your applicable setting Information Display Controls Type 3 E144638 Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display escape button Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages Fusion CC7 89 From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories Display Mode Tripl amp 2 Fuel Economy Eg Information F Settings Scroll up down to highlight one of the categories then press the right ar
151. Front Park Aid On default on key cycle or Off Rear Park Aid On default on key cycle or Off Vehicle Auto Engine Off On default on key cycle or Off 92 Fusion CC7 Information Displays Settings cont d Easy Entry Exit On or Off Lighting Auto Highbeam Autolamp Delay Off or XX Seconds DRL On or Off Locks Autolock On or Off Autounlock On or Off Mislock On or Off Remote Unlocking All doors or Driver s door Oil Life Reset Set to XXX Hold OK to Reset Settings cont d Fusion CC7 Vehicle Remote Start Climate Control Heater A C Auto or Last cont d using this feature Settings allows you to 5 select different Steering Wheel Auto or Off climate control Front Defrost Auto or Off modes when the vehicle is started Rear Defrost Auto or Off using the remote start feature Driver Seat Auto or Off Passenger Seat Auto or Off Duration 5 10 or 15 minutes Quiet Start On or Off System Enable or Disable Settings cont d Vehicle Switch Inhibit On or Off cont d Windows Remote Open On or Off Remote Close On or Off Wipers Courtesy Wipe On or Off 93 Information Displays Settings cont d Rain Sensing On or Off MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 911 Assist Always On or User Selectable Traction Control Always On o
152. Fusion CC7 Luggage Compartment With the Remote Control 7A Press twice within three seconds 2x E to unlatch the trunk From Outside Your Vehicle E144402 Press the release button above the license plate to unlatch the trunk Your vehicle must be unlocked or have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk KEYLESS ENTRY iF couiprep SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD The keypad is located near the driver window It is invisible until touched and then it lights up so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons Note f you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Re enter your entry code more slowly Locks E138637 You can use the keypad to lock or unlock the doors release the trunk recall memory seat and mirror positions if equipped program and erase user codes arm and disarm the anti theft alarm You can operate the keypad with the factory set 5 digit entry code The code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer You can also create up to five of your own 5 digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds Enter your personal 5 digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other Press 12 on the keypad
153. Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated witha music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote Fusion CC7 become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned nu
154. Hood Cleaning the Alloy WheelsS cscsese 257 Under Hood Overview 1 5L EcoBoost 1 6L EcoBoost 235 Vehicle StOrage eesesesssecseeecsesseesesseseees 257 Under Hood Overview 2 0L ECOBOOSt osssssssssssesssssssscusesstnsssssesnse 236 Wheels and Tires Under Hood Overview 2 5L 237 Tire Care nner eee 260 Engine Oil Dipstick 1 5L USING SNOW CHAINS c ccsccsessesestesesteseetesees 275 E See eeren 238 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 276 ngine Oil Dipstick 2 j EcoBoost M 2 5 Lss an a ie ic Engine Oil Check ccceeeees P Oil Change Indicator Reset iste Capacities and Specific Engine Coolant Check ations eee nee ANSES ia ee 242 Engine Specifications 284 Brake and Clutch Fluid Check 242 Motorcraft Parts setvarsecsgeaeeectastazeacescesteaiees 285 Power Steering Fluid Check 242 Vehicle Identification Numbet 286 Washer Fluid CH CK csessssssssssssssssssseseseen 242 Vehicle Certification Label 286 Fuel Fi Transmission Code Designation 287 Changing the 12V Battery ccc 242 Technical Specifications 288 Checking the Wiper Blades 244 Changing the Wiper Blades 244 Audio System Adjusting the HeadlampS cccceessecee 245 ROE AATE A a 291 udio unit Vehicles With Removing a Headlamp 246 AM FM CD SYNC Satellite Changing a BUlb 248 Radia e E 292 Bulb Specification Ch
155. In The U S Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available 24 hours seven days a week for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner s Manual portfolio Roadside assistance will cover a flat tire change with a good spare if provided with the vehicle except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit battery jump start lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9 liters of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries towing Ford and Lincoln eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in exc
156. Interior Quickly Vehicle With Manual Climate Control Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control 1 Adjust the temperature control to the MAX A C position Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting 2 Drive with the windows open for 2 3 minutes 116 Fusion CC7 Climate Control Recommended Settings for Cooling Vehicle With Manual Climate Control Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control Adjust the fan speed to the middle speed setting Press the AUTO button Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the cold settings Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting Select the instrument panel air vents using the air distribution buttons Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather Vehicle With Manual Climate Control Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control 1 Select the instrument panel and footwell Press the defrost button air vents positions through the air distri bution control 2 Press the A C button Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting 3 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting 4 Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows 6 Close the instrument panel center vents Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again HEATED WINDOWS AND to switc
157. Maintenance Multi Point inspection Accessory drive belt s Battery performance Hazard warning system operation Horn operation Engine air filter Radiator cooler heater and air conditioning hoses Exhaust system Suspension components for leaks or damage Exterior lamps operation Steering and linkage Fluid levels fill if necessary For oil and fluid leaks Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield for cracks chips or pits Half shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir automatic transmission and window washer If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician
158. NAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Fusion CC7 Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitr
159. ND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 TFRONT I REAR 1 ARRI RE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should neverexceed yon Kor jogp Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE TRE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S PNEU PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR XXX XX XXXX XXXXA E142517 CARGO E143817 Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload Fusion CC7 P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI INFORMATION REAR P235 70R16_ 240 kPa 35 psi VOR LE manue SPARE POUR PLUS DE T145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS UAL FOI ADDITIONAL GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating Load Carrying Note For trailer
160. ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under Speech Recognition f the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicabl
161. ORD CREDIT U S Only Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Fusion CC7 1l Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FOMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner s Manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent res
162. Park Brake Action Displays when the electric parking brake is set and the vehicle is started Park Brake Applied Displays when the electric parking brake is set Park Brake Released Displays when the electric parking brake is released Power Steering Message Action Steering Fault Service Now The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Steering Loss Stop Safely The power steering system is not working Stop the vehicle a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Steering Assist Fault Service Required The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system or passive entry or passive start system requires service Contact your authorized dealer Remote Start Message Action To Drive Turn Key to On Displays as a reminder to turn the key on to drive the vehicle after a remote start To Drive Press Brake and Start Button Displays as a reminder to apply the brake and the start button to drive the vehicle after a remote start Seats Message Action Memory Recall Not Permitted While Driving Displays as a reminder that memory seats are not available while driving Memory X Saved Displays to show where your memory setting has been saved Fusion CC7 106 Information Displays Starting System Message Action
163. RACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 421 Fusion CC7 Ford Extended Service Plan ESP PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITHA FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S Only More than 32 million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford Extended Service Plan It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts
164. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically adjusts fan speed air distribution A C operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature Passenger temperature control Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle Heated rear window Turns the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 117 MAX Defrost Press to switch on The system distributes outside air through the windshield air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed When MAX defrost is on recirculated air cannot be selected to prevent fogging The heated rear window is automatically switched on when MAX defrost is selected Power Press the button to turn the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Heated seat if equipped Turn the driver or passenger heated seats on and off See Heated Seats page 126 m1 Climate Control MAX A C Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C
165. TION CHART The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment It has Power Distribution Box high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from WARNINGS overloads Always disconnect the battery before If the battery has been disconnected and servicing high current fuses reconnected some features will need to To reduce risk of electrical shock eye i Changing the 12V Battery always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs E144783 Starter relay Autowipers 223 Fusion CC7 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 4 Blower motor relay 5 204 Power point 3 Back of console 6 Not used 7 20A Powertrain control module vehicle power 8 20A Powertrain control module vehicle power 2 9 Powertrain control module relay 10 204 Power point 1 driver front 11 154 Powertrain control module vehicle power 4 12 154 Powertrain control module vehicle power 3 13 104 Powertrain control module vehicle power 5 14 104 Powertrain control module vehicle power 6 15 Run start relay 16 204 Power point 2 console 17 Not used 18 10A Powertrain control module keep alive power 19 10A Run start electronic power assist steering 20 10A Run start lighting 21 15A Run start tra
166. TYPE XXX XXXX COMPLIES 2000 200x x00 pi NADON N N ill INTIR IPPS TR ANE Tie SPR XXXXX xXx X XX X XXXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX VXXXXXXXXXXX XX DATE xx xx E142524 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury ew E143819 GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated GCW Gross Combined Weight is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus Ne ge of the fully loaded trailer 201 Fusion CC7 Load Carrying for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating not at Gross Combined Weight Rating Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options driv
167. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window will travel up with no bounce back protection The window will stop if you release the switch before the window is fully closed Window Lock E144072 Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls It will illuminate when you lock the rear window controls Accessory Delay You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door Windows and Mirrors GLOBAL OPENING AND CLOSING You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off Note You can enable or disable this feature in the information display or see an authorized dealer See General Information page 86 Note 7o operate this feature accessory delay must not be active Opening the Windows You can only open the windows for a short time after you unlock your vehicle with the remote control After you unlock your vehicle press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows and vent the moonroof Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement Closing the Windows WARNING When closing the windows and moonroof you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that childre
168. Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts Out of fuel and lock out assistance Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP thereby improving resale value Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that coversall scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear Windshield Wiper Blades Spark Plugs except in California The Clutch Disc Brake Pads and Linings Shock Absorbers Belts and Hoses Diesel Exhaust Fluid Replenishment Contact your selling authorized Ford or Lincoln dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget Interest Free Finance Options Available Take
169. WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation The warning system sensitivity can be adjusted to one of three possible settings by using the information display control See General Information page 86 Note f the system cannot be turned off in a vehicle equipped with MyKey See Principle of Operation page 50 Fusion CC7 Note f collision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings See General Information page 86 Blocked Sensors ES 7 Le E145632 If a message regarding a blocked sensor appears in the information display the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed The sensors are located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille When the sensors are obstructed a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the collision warning system does not function The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed Driving Aids Cause Action The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way Clean
170. When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Appendices Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated age
171. YNC is empty or missing contacts This may be a limitation on your phone s capability Try pushing your phone book contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device memory Remove any pictures or special ring tones associ ated with the missing contact am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone Update your device s firm ware Turn off the Auto phone book download setting Text messaging is not working on SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Fusion CC7 338 SYNC USB and media issues lam having trouble connecting my device Possible cause s This may be a possible device malfunction Possible
172. Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause driveline damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop All Wheel Drive it Equipped Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual
173. a leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Fusion CC7 168 Note f your vehicle is equipped with MyKey itis possible to prevent turning the sensing system off See MyKey page 50 The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level The system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop up message that appears once the transmission is shifted into R See General Information page 86 If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on See Information Messages page 94 Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 10 inches 25 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 10 inches 25 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object
174. a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 168 Front Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status Park Brake Message Action Park Brake Engaged Displays when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer Park Brake Malfunction The electric parking brake system has detected a condition Service Now that requires service See your authorized dealer Park Brake Not Applied Displays when the electric parking brake is not set Apply Park Brake Park Brake Maintenance Displays when the electric parking brake is running a diagnostic Mode check Park Brake Use Switch Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not be to Release released Press Brake to Release Park Brake and Switch Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not be released and the vehicle is moving Park Brake Limited Function Service The electric park brake system has detected a condition that requires service See your authorized dealer Required Park Brake System Displays when the electric parking brake was not released Overheated causing it to overheat Fusion CC7 105 Information Displays Message Release
175. a list of available applications 3 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 4 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu 5 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 6 Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com Fusion CC7 To Access Using the Media Menu 1 Press the AUX button on the center console 2 Press MENU to access the SYNC menu 3 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 4 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 5 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 6 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com o N To Access Using Voice Commands i Press the voice icon 2 When prompted say Mobile Apps 3 Say the name of the application after the
176. about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The driver s or front passenger s safety belt becomes unbuckled for about one minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 31 Fusion CC7 Safety Belts Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the system allows you to deactivate it this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the system while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger warning are deactivated and activated independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure The system can be deactivated or activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that the parking brake is set the transmiss
177. acolored bar E131358 The current assessment of your alertness is within a typical range Driving Aids E131359 The current assessment of your alertness indicates that you should rest as soon as safely possible The status bar will travel from left to right as the calculated alertness level decreases As the rest icon is approached the color turns from green to yellow to red Green No rest required Yellow First warning is active Red Second warning is active Note f you have recently received a warning you should consider resting even if the current assessment is with the typical range Note The alertness level will be shown in grey if the camera sensor cannot track the road lane markings or if the vehicle speed drops below approximately 40 mph 64 km h Resetting the System You can reset the system by either Switching the ignition off and on Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver s door Fusion CC7 LANE KEEPING SYSTEM ir EQUIPPED WARNING The system is designed to aid the driver It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system works above 40 mph 64 km h Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note f the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged the system may not function
178. acting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space The vehicle is farther than 5 ft 1 5 m from the parking space The vehicle is closer than 16 in 40 cm from neighboring parked vehicles The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space 172 Fusion CC7 Parking Aids The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission i e rolling forward when R Reverse is selected An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly i e not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities A parked vehicle has a high attachment i e salt sprayer snowplow moving truck bed etc The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly i e
179. ade or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent onthe accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you Appendices 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELE
180. adlamp assembly 8 Separate the front bumper cover from screws the fender and pull the fender outward 1 2 inches 3 centimeters E159695 6 Remove the lower three wheel housing ae fasteners 9 From the front of the vehicle pull the front bumper cover forward 4 inches 10 centimeters E159696 7 Remove the three front bumper cover lower fasteners only on the side of the headlamp you are servicing 10 Carefully pull the headlamp assembly outward to disengage it from the lower fixing point E159699 247 Fusion CC7 Maintenance 11 Carefully lift the headlamp and remove it from the vehicle 12 Disconnect the electrical connector CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be anatural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp
181. aint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Always transport children 12 years T old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Several airbag system components get hot after inflation To reduce the risk of injury do not touch them after inflation If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash Fusion CC7 The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate s
182. alling the wrong contact when want to make a call Fusion CC7 You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it Contacts in your phone book may be very short and similar or they may contain special characters 341 Review the Phone voice commandsat the beginning of the phone section Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are listed For example if you save a contact as Joe Wilson say Call Joe Wilson SYNC Voice command issues Possible cause s Possible solution s Your phonebook contacts may be in CAPS The system works better if you list full names such as Joe Wilson rather than Joe Do not use special charac ters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recog nize them If a contact is in CAPS you have to spell it JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E Fusion CC7 342 MyFord Touch it equipped GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING AN Driving while distracted can result in LAS loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you
183. als on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables Note n the illustration the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle a 1 u ya van ane wa a E142664 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery Fusion CC7 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine or connect the negative cable to a ground connection point if available WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 roms as shown in your tachometer Start the engine of the disabled vehicle Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables wN Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected Roadside Emergencies 4 CT Be g
184. amera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in R Reverse The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle Active guidelines Show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing Fixed guidelines Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you Centerline If applicable Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object i e a trailer Note f the transmission is in R Reverse and the luggage compartment is ajar no rear view camera features are displayed Note f the image comes on while the transmission is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer Fusion CC7 174 Note When towing the camera only sees what is being towed behind your vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged Note The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating The camera s view is obstructed by mud water or debris Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner The rear of the vehicle is hit o
185. an allows you to hear a brief Touch and hold a memory preset slot sampling of all available stations This until the sound returns There is a brief feature still works when HD Radio mute while the radio saves the station reception is on although it does not Sound returns when finished When scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory see the HD logo appear if the station preset the sound mutes before the has a digital broadcast digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital ve
186. and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your authorized dealer for details J PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Ford and Lincoln dealers in the U S and Canada It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company Fusion CC7 That means you get Reliable quality service anywhere you go Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using Genuine Ford and Lincoln parts Rental Car Reimbursement Ist day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or Field Service Actions Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including
187. ank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If you install any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment on the vehicle you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload Load Carrying WARNING A The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Example only TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT 2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs S MANUAL FR 200 KPA 29Psi ADDITIONAL SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 60PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX x 5 x x x x x x x R x s E142516 198 Fusion CC7 Load Carrying TIRE A
188. ansmission E155983 3 Insert the screwdriver or similar tool into the access hole and press the lever foreword while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 4 Remove the tool and reinstall the panel 5 Start the vehicle and release the parking brake Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature is designed to increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of the vehicle A new vehicle or transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the strategy must be relearned If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat Fusion CC7 If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear All Wheel Drive it Equipped USING ALL WHEEL DRIVE All wheel drive uses all four wheels t
189. anual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Manual for all other required information and warnings Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNINGS Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations or are the minimum 1y Fusion CC7 WARNINGS requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or go to http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for furthe
190. approaching the warning sounds again Parking Aids A a 3 os E130178 A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less and moving at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h Front Sensing System The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than P Park or N Neutral and the vehicle speed is below 6 mph 10 km h Fusion CC7 169 x s vIr t E130382 A Coverage area of up to 27 inches 70 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and about 6 14 inches 15 35 centimeters to the side of the front end of the vehicle Refer to the reverse sensing section for details on coverage area The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high pitched tone from the front radio speakers Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers The sensing system reports th
191. are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving E161891 Phone Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Climate Settings Home Information O7mnmoovdawW gt Entertainment 343 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air 344 Fusion CC7 Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help HOME
192. arious settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently Display screen Shows audio and SYNC information Number block In radio mode store your favorite stations for later access When tuned to any station press and hold a preset button until sound returns In CD mode press a button to select a track In phone mode press the buttons to enter a phone number Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode TUNE Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments Eject Press this button to eject a CD Seek In radio mode select a frequency band and press this button The system stops at the first station up the band Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset In CD mode press this button to select the next track Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track End phone call Press this button to end a phone call Cursor arrows and OK Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit CD slot Insert a CD Pick up or Make phone call Press this button to either p
193. arranty guide call us in Canada at 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca Roadside Emergencies HAZARD WARNINGFLASHERS Note f used when the vehicle is not running the battery will lose charge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle The hazard warning button is UN located on the instrument panel Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function and the front and rear direction indicators will flash Press the button again to turn them off FUEL SHUTOFF WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Turn the ignition to crank 3 Turn the ignition off 4 Turn the ignition on again to re enable the fuel pump For vehicles equipped with a push button start system Fusion CC7 1 Press the START STOP button to turn the ignition off 2 Press the brake pedal and pres
194. art z250 Audio unit Vehicles With Premium Changing the Engine Air Filter 252 AM FM CD sicssicsestsccstscssszastcnervcarrarerrecarieies 294 Audio unit Vehicles With Sony AM FM CD ssssssesseesseessesssessesseesseessecsseesses 296 Fusion CC7 Table of Contents Digital AUG Gssiicccsccsscsscsscsecsecsieinns 299 Satellite RAGIOvciccsccccscsccsesiessessctanesises 302 Auxiliary INDUt JACK cccsesceseseseeeseeseseees 304 USB PON krsni 305 Media HO Dinneen 305 SYNC General INformation c ccccccsesseseeesees Using Voice RECOBNItION ceeeeseeeeees Using SYNC With Your Phone SYNC Applications and Services 322 Using SYNC With Your Media Play Cle aaa cl at 329 SYNC TroubleShooting ccccceceseseees 337 MyFord Touch General Information Setti Snine si Entertainment isc sdecscererecrersscsneniereccc POMC EEEE A Information Climate Accessories ACCOSSOMN GS siiin 405 Appendices End User License Agreement 407 Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Ford Extended Service Plan ESP 422 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information 425 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled MAINTENANCE eesesesesseseseseetesesesesesestesesees 428 Normal Scheduled Maintenance 43 Scheduled Maintenance Record 433 Fusion CC7 Fusion CC7 Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford
195. as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM FM Radio Touch the AMor FM tabtolisten dD to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on Fusion CC7 Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display This allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST AST Autostore allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button This featur
196. asher fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES The wiper arms can be manually moved when the ignition is off This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades E129990 1 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass 2 Press the locking buttons together 3 Rotate and remove the wiper blade 4 Installin the reverse order Maintenance Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Headlamp Aiming Target E142592 A 8 feet 2 4 meters Center height of lamp to ground 25 feet 7 6 meters Horizontal reference line 00ND Fusion CC7 Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 mete
197. asier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When the system is active your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space The system will activate automatically on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed 2 Ifthe sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope the system will activate automatically 3 When you remove your foot from the brake pedal your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will release automatically Traction Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when
198. at on Search album lt name gt indexing is complete This voice command is only available in folder mode Voice command guide Autoplay Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music Search genre or Play genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music that are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player Similar music The system compiles a playlist and then plays music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Fusion CC7 330 SYNC Search or Play artist track or album Voice command guide The system searches for specific artist track or album information from the music indexed through the USB port Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say Refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process
199. ata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left D corner on the touchscreen then select the BT Stereo tab MyFord Touch it equipped Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands If you are listening to a Bluetooth us audio device press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Next song Pause Play or Previous song A V Inputs WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We re
200. ate Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and Mode Lockup Off free to select gears Fusion CC7 108 Climate Control MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL iF cquippep E144491 A Fusion CC7 Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Adjust to select the desired fan speed or switch off If you switch the fan off the windshield may fog up Light bars on the dial illuminate to indicate fan speed A C Press the button to switch the air conditioning off and on To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Power Press the button to turn the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Heated rear window Turns the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 117 Temperature control Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle Adjust to select the desired temperature MAX Defrost Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat position to turn on The system distributes outside air through the windshield air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position When MAX defrost is on recirculated air cannot be selected to pr
201. ate control commands Climate automatic Climate my temperature Climate off Climate on Fusion CC7 Help There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first When the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands CLIMATE A C off A C on Automatic MyFord Touch it equipped CLIMATE Defrost off CLIMATE Windshield floor on Defrost on Help Dual off If you say Temperature you can then Floor on say any of the commands in the following Fan decrease Fan increase MAX A C off MAX A C on My temp Off On Panel floor on Panel on Rear defrost off Rear defrost on Recirc off Recirc on Temperature Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Temperature decrease Temperature high Temperature increase Temperature low Fusion CC7 chart TEMPERATURE lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees High Low Help NAVIGATION iF equipped Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see an authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is
202. ation Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime Conditions of operation g Safety Precautions 143 Satellite RAGIO ce seeceseseesesseeseeseenees 302 Satellite Radio Reception Factors p SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service TrOUDIESHOOTING c cecceseesestesessestesessesesssseeseseees Scheduled Maintenance Record Scheduled Maintenance Index Display Settings Side Airbags 39 Side Curtain Airbags 40 Sitting in the Correct Position 120 Snow Chains See USING SNOW ChAINS cccsesestetesteseeeeees 275 Special Notices 12 New Vehicle Limited Warranty 12 Special INStrUCTIONS ccccscsseseeseseseeeseeseseseeees 12 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled MAINTENANCE csessssesesesestetesesesteseseseeeeees 428 EX COD TOMS vscsscsesnnsnsntncsarsnversinnnoxannnsnnnscresnirannsiennes 430 Speed Control See Cruise Control Stability Control Principle Of OPeEratiONn cccceeseseseeeseeeeee 167 Starter Switch See Ignition Switch Starting a Gasoline Engine Automatic Engine SHUtKOWN cce eee 137 Failure to Start Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes Important Ventilating Information Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is is MOVIN onnaa 138 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 138 Vehicles with an Ignition Key Vehicles with Keyless Start oe Starting and Stopping the
203. ation Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to TeleNav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing Tel
204. ation should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from your authorized dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Engine Coolant WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Maintenance Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As lon
205. ations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon Say Voice us settings when prompted then any of the following When you say The system Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and may ask you to confirm settings When you say The system Confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the command you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on
206. available in poor weather or other low visibility conditions The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold the system will alert you using a chime and a message in the cluster display Fusion CC7 USING DRIVER ALERT Switching the system on and off You may switch the system on or off through the information display by selecting Settings then Driver Assist then Driver Alert in the menu When activated the system will monitor your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings and other factors System Warnings Note Note The system will not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph 64 km h The warning system is in two stages At first the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest This message will only appear for a short time If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness another warning may be issued which will remain in the information display for a longer time Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning System Display When active the system will run automatically in the background and only issue a warning if required You can view the status at any time using the information display See General Information page 86 The alertness level is shown by six steps in
207. back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket or hang objects off seat back if achildis in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat Fusion CC7 37 WARNINGS and the center console Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not E157152 The front passenger sensing system uses a pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator lamp is located at the top center of the instrument panel Note When the ignition is first tuned on the indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time to confirm it is functional The front passeng
208. before you begin E147165 1 Place aprogrammed intelligent access key in the backup slot in the center console The key ring must be at the top with the buttons facing toward the rear 2 Wait 5 seconds and then press the START STOP button 3 Remove the intelligent access key Security 4 Within 10 seconds place a second programmed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the START STOP button 5 Wait 5 seconds and then press the START STOP button again 6 Remove the intelligent access key 7 Wait 5 seconds then place the unprogrammed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the START STOP button Programming is now complete Verify the remote control functions operate and your vehicle starts with the new intelligent access key If programming was not successful wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7 If you are still unsuccessful take your vehicle to your authorized dealer ANTI THEFT ALARM The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle It will be triggered if any door the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key remote control or keyless entry keypad The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is read
209. bility This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season Wheels and Tires J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions ona specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Fusion CC7 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poo
210. bility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of the radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning Not Available Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the colli sion warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Fusion CC7 100 Information Displays Doors and Locks Message Action X Door Ajar Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed Trunk ajar Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed Hood ajar Displays when the hood is not completely closed Switches Inhibited Security Mode Displays when the door switches have been disabled Child Lock Malfunction Service Required Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the child locks Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Factory Keypad Code Displays the factory keypad code after the keypad has been XXXXX reset Driver Alert Message Action Driver Alert Warning Rest Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so Now Driver Alert Warning Rest Take a rest break soon Suggested Fuel Message Action Fuel Level Low Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition Check Fuel Fill Inlet Displayed when
211. button Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal E142658 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage turn your ignition to the on position but do not start your vehicle 2 Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button you want to program Universal Garage Door Opener 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful training 4 Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If the indicator light stays on the programming is complete See Programming your garage door motor later in this section If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light the HomeLink button is not programmed yet Do the following Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every 2 seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly
212. button Cycling the ignition on and off twice Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com Fusion CC7 These are some of the items that can be found onli
213. ccsvinisararssicneeesinersnrncteeeaantanionaievsinnn 36 Driver Knee Airbag c cscsessesestessessesesteseseees 40 Driving Aids 184 Driving Hints 0 21 Driving Through Water 211 DRL See Daytime Running LAMPS 71 Economical DIiVin c ccccccssessesseseseseeeseees 211 Electric Parking Brake c ccssessseseseeesees 163 Applying the electric parking brake 63 Applying the electric parking brake when the vehicle is moving Battery With No Charge Parking on a hill vehicles with a manual transmission Releasing the electric parking brake Emission Control System On Board Diagnostics OBD II Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing End User License Agreement SYNC End User License Agreement Using the Engine Block Heater Engine Coolant Check Adding Engine Coolant Checking the Engine Coolant Recycled Engine Coolant Severe Climates What You Should Know About Fail Saf Colgar nnie 241 Engine Immobilizer See Passive Anti Theft SystemM 61 Engine Oil Check Adding Engine Oil Engine Oil Dipstick 1 5L EcoBoost 1 6L EcoBoost Fusion CC7 443 Engine Oil Dipstick 2 0L EcoBoost 2 5L Engine Specifications Drivebelt Routing Entertainment A V Inputs AM FM Radio Bluetooth Audio Browsing Device Content SIRIUS Satellite Radio If Activated Supported Media Players Formats a
214. ccur and the air conditioning is on The battery is not within optimal operating conditions The maximum engine off time is exceeded When you press the Auto StartStop button while the engine is stopped automatically Either the front or rear defroster is turned on Any of the following conditions may result in an automatic restart of the engine The blower fan speed is increased or the climate control temperature is changed An electrical accessory is turned on or plugged in Fusion CC7 Disabling Auto StartStop E146362 Press the Auto StartStop button located on the center console to switch the system off The button will illuminate The system will only be deactivated for the current ignition cycle Press the button again to restore Auto StartStop function Note f the Shift to P Restart Engine message appears and the amber Auto StartStop indicator light is flashing automatic restart is not available The vehicle must be restarted manually See Information Displays page 86 Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel capless fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury Automot
215. cently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system monitors the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing you may need to perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving Drive on an expressway or highway for a steady 15 minutes followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Fuel and Refueling Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing you will have to repeat the above driving cycle 151 Fusion CC7 Transmission MANUAL TRANSMISSION Using the Clutch Note Failure to fully press the clutch pedal to the floor may cause increased shift
216. ces main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu Scroll to Services Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help 2 3 Receiving Turn by Turn Directions J When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a SYNC Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses 3 While on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route b
217. cesessecseseeseseees 211 ROOMA lS aA 212 Roadside Emergencies Roadside ASSISTANCE 213 Hazard Warning FlaSherS ccsesceseceees 214 Fuel SHUtOFF cc eeseesseceeseseeseees we 2l4 Jump Starting the Vehicle 214 Post Crash Alert SYSt M cccccceseseseees 216 Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need 217 In California U S Only The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 219 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Onlly cscsceeeeees 219 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and t a ol a R 220 Table of Contents Ordering Additional Owner s Vehicle Care Lit rAtUL eeeeeseseesecesseseeseeteseeeeseeeeeseseesesees 221 i General INFOrmation 253 Reporting Safety Defects U S c ee E E 221 eaning Products 253 Reporting Safety Defects Canada Cleaning the Exterior 253 OY ETE E earners 222 WV AXIS ecsetet enana 254 Cleaning the Engine c cccccessssessesseseees 254 Fuses Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Fuse Specification Chart 223 Blade Sarnin ana 255 Changing a FUSC u cece essssesessseessseesseees 232 Cleaning the INteriOl ssessseesssseesneneeen 255 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Maintenance Instrument Cluster LenS 255 Cleaning Leather Seats 256 General INfOrMation cccsesesseeeeeeees Ae f Repairing Minor Paint Damage 257 Opening and Closing the
218. chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly The usage of a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to Towing a trailer Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible Tire Change Procedure WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission selector lever is in position P To help prevent your vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission selector lever in position P set the parking brake and block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed 280 Wheels and Tires WARNINGS Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If your vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriou
219. cipate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for yourname and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have Fusion CC7 already taken to try to resolv
220. cking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label Fusion CC7 affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that mee
221. cles below 6 mph 10 km h Adaptive cruise control will not detect pedestrians or objects in the roadway Adaptive cruise control will not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved Do not use in poor visibility specifically fog rain soray or snow Note t is your responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane You can select from one of four gap settings Fusion CC7 E144501 The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering wheel Switching the System On Press and release ON The information display will show the grey indicator light any ie E164805 The current gap setting and SET will also display Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET The vehicle speed will be stored in the memory 3 The information display will show a green indicator light current gap setting and desired set speed 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Cruise Control ey E164805 S 5 A lead vehicle graphic will illuminate if there is a vehicle detected in front of yOu Note When adaptive cruise control is active
222. cluded fuel funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle E162864 Fusion CC7 Fuel and Refueling 1 Locate the portable funnel that comes with your vehicle The funnel is located behind the left hand side rear seat under the carpet Fold down the left hand side rear seat back Pull back the piece of carpet to access the funnel E157279 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system E157280 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel Fusion CC7 REFUELING WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Switch off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid
223. commend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving Store the portable music player in a T secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving Fusion CC7 COD E142622 Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder by connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure
224. commended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 439 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance O Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O Signature 440 Fusion CC7 Index A A C See Climate Control About This Manuaal Protecting the Environment ABS SOO Brake Seniai 162 ABS driving hints See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Accessories Exterior style Interior style Lifestyle Peace of mind Accessories See Replacement Parts RECOMMENCATION essecseesseseeseestesteetsseentesee TI ACC See Using Adaptive Cruise Control 178 Active Park Assist Deactivating the Park Assist Feature Troubleshooting the System Using Active Park Assist Adjusting the Headlamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment s Vertical Aim AdjUStMeNL cccceceeseeeeee Adjusting the Steering Wheel Airbag DiSPOSAL csescesessessssessesessesesseesesees Air Conditioning See Climate CONtrOL cccscsesseeseesteseeseeneeee 109 Alarm See Anti Theft Alarm A A A Wheel Drive mbient Lighting nti Theft Alarm Arming the Alarm Disarming the Alarm Appendices Audible Warnings and Indicators Headlamps On Warning Chime Key in Ignition Warning Chime Keyless Warning Alert ra ia Parking Brake On Warning Chime 85 Fusion CC7
225. concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door 5 To close the fuel filler door press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and then release The fuel door will latch closed If the fuel fill inlet did not close properly a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the instrument cluster At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Putthe vehicle in position P and switch the ignition off Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 3 Fuel and Refueling 4 Insert the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to allow the inlet to close properly This will dislodge any debris preventing the inlet from sealing If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city or highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well FUEL CONSUMPTION Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range Whe
226. conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Appendices Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and condit
227. content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not Appendices installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ North America LLC NT within thirty 30 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact NT please visit www navteg com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and NAVTEQ North America LLC NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada Queen s Printer for Ontario Canada Post Corporation GeoBase NT holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service to publish and sell ZIP 4 information United States Postal Service 2009 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service The followi
228. control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary Screens crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores movie times o
229. could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in acrash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident MyFord Touch it equipped Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 91 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Fvery phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYN
230. creen and indicated D gt Eng When automatic steering is finished the touch screen displays a message anda chime sounds indicating that the active park assist process is done The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in P Park Parking Aids Deactivating the Park Assist Certain vehicle conditions can also Feature deactivate the system such as Traction control has activated ona slippery or loose surface There is an anti lock brake system activation or failure The system can be deactivated manually by pressing the active park assist button grabbing the steering wheel Something touches the steering wheel driving above approximately 50 mph 80 km h for 30 seconds during an Ifa problem occurs with the system a active park search warning message is displayed followed a f by a chime Occasional system messages driving above 6 mph 10 km h during iy occur in normal Bacon For automatic steering recurring or frequent system faults contact turning off the traction control system an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space The system does not offer a particular space Something may be cont
231. cruise control will not brake due to slower vehicles Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise The cruise control indicator light replaces the adaptive cruise control E control indicator light if you select normal cruise control The gap setting will not display the system will not automatically respond to lead vehicles and automatic braking will not activate The system defaults to adaptive cruise control when you start the vehicle 183 Fusion CC7 Driving Aids DRIVER ALERT ir cEquippPep PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNING The driver alert system is designed to aid you It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system will store the on off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles Note f enabled in the menu the system will be active at speeds above 40 mph 64 km h When below the activation speed the information display will inform the driver that the system is unavailable Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note f the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged the system may not function Note The system may not be
232. cting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon A tone the display Say any of the Ford of Canada For further privacy following information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information Say If You Want To Bluetooth audio Stream aud io from your phone Cancel Cancel the requested action Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Mobile apps Access mobile applications Phone Make calls Services Access the SYNC Services portal SYNC Return to the main menu USB Access the device connected to your USB port Vehicle health report Run a vehic le health report Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Hear alist o mode Help f voice commands available in the current This is an optional feature and available i Fusion CC7 n the United States only 308 sounds and Listening appears in SYNC System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirm
233. cts 253 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels 257 Cleaning the Engine 254 Cleaning the Exterior 253 Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts 254 Exterior Chrome Stripes or Graphics if equipped Underbody eaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens eaning the Interior eaning the Windows and Wiper C C C C Cli Climate Control Voice Commands Climate Control Collision Warning System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Coolant Check See Engine Coolant Check Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator Creating a MyKey Programming Changing Configurable Settings Cruise Control 65 Principle of Operation 177 Type Triiki 65 Type 2 65 Cruise control See Using Cruise CONtKOL ceessestesesteseeeeee 177 Customer ASSISTANCE ccccesesesseseseeteeeees 217 Data RECOIING ccccscsessestesesesessesesssseeseseeseeses 9 Event Data Recording Service Data Recording Daytime RUNNING LAMPS 7 Digital AWUGiIOn ccccicecsceslicsesecsissccisssossesstees 299 HD Radio Reception and Station TrOUDLESNOOTING ccsceesseseetestesesteseseseenees 300 Direction INGICAtOMS cccccestesestesesteseetesees 73 Index Driver Alert PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION USING DRIVER ALERT Driver and Passenger AirbagsS 36 Children and AirDags cccccssscseseeseeseeeseeneeee 36 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating ACHISTITIONN s
234. cupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb on your vehicle s placard Load Carrying Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lb and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb 1400 750 5x 150 650 lb Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Fusion CC7 203 Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you four of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 pounds 99 kilograms each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds 13 5 ki
235. d dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle All eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the vehicle immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys Security You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from th
236. d or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 378 Fusion CC7 Troubleshooting Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output The jack only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problem persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable media player Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with headphones as the auxiliary input jack does not provide control such as Play or Pause over the attached portable media player MyFord Touch it equipped PHONE E161968 Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings m mmoUunwnp Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Fusion CC7 Redialing Cal
237. d Balance UND D gt 296 Fusion CC7 Audio System F VOL Turn the control to adjust the volume SOURCE Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input H Seek Reverse and Fast Forward In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next strong radio station or memory preset In CD mode press one of these buttons to select the previous or next track Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction within the current track Press the up and down arrow buttons to Menu Structure scroll through the options Note Depending on your system some Press the right arrow to enter a menu options may appear slightly different Press the left arrow to exit a menu Press MENU Press OK to confirm a selection Radio Manual tune Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the frequency band Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels AST Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AM AST and FM AST frequency bands PTY Set Category Select to have the system search by certain music categories such as Rock Pop or Country RBDS RDS Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a ca
238. d Safety LOCKS ccscscesecesesesseseseesesens 23 Safety Belts Principle Of OPe ration 25 Fastening the Safety Belts 26 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 30 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator RDE EE E EE 30 Safety Belt Minder Child Restraint and Safety Belt MA INTONAN CE esesesseseseseeseseseststeseseseseeeees 32 Personal Safety System Personal Safety System oo cceceeseeees 34 Supplementary Restraints System Principle Of OPeratiOn ccccccececeseeeeeees Driver and Passenger Airbags oe Front Passenger Sensing System 37 Side Aira pS scssssssssscescescsseseseeseseessszceseeteeedieesees 39 Fusion CC7 Driver Knee Airbag ccscsessescssesestecsesteseeeees 40 Side Curtain Airbags 40 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator 42 Airbag DiSPOSAL cccscessssessssesteseeseseseesesees 43 Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio FLOQUENCIES sessesesesessssesesesesesseseseeeseseseees 44 Remote CONtIOL eeseeseesseseeseeseeseeseesneeseesesees 44 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Eloa I go Pane a AEAEE E EENE 49 MyKey Principle Of Operation 50 Creating a MYK Y cscssesesesessseesseseseseeees 5 Clearing All MYK YS ccccccscssestessesseseseesesees 51 Checking MyKey System Status 51 Using MyKey With Remote Start YENS orna RRR MyKey Troubleshooting Locks Locking ANd UNLOCKING c ccesesseseeseesesteees 5
239. d existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service MyFord Touch i equipped SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands uf 1 Press th
240. d off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights Fusion CC7 VENTILATED SEATS F EQuiPPeED The ventilated seats will only function when the engine is running A C E146309 To operate the ventilated seats Press the ventilated seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off Cooler settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the ventilated seats are on the feature will turn itself off and you will need to reactivate it Heated and ventilated seat air filter replacement if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with lifetime air filters that are integrated with the seats Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed REAR SEAT ARMREST n ha al E144635 Seats Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder 127 Fusion CC7 Universal Garage Door Opener Home Link Wireless Control System if Equipped WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Note Make sure that the garage door
241. d the amount of fuel added 3 After at least three to five tank fill Ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used For Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy Fuel and Refueling EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNINGS Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control c
242. d the lap belt snug and low across the hips To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly In arollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person Fusion CC7
243. de Condition Your satellite service is no longer available All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked Possible action Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station Subscription Updated vehicle SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your No action required AUXILIARY INPUT JACK WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving Store the portable music player ina secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your veh
244. de press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the phone menu MENU Phone connections Phone settings message notification off Phone settings message notification on Phone settings set phone ringer Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Phone settings set ringer off Battery Phone name SYNC MENU Signal Text message inbox Words in are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can Answer the call by pressing the phone button Reject the call by pressing and holding the phone button the command Making Calls Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all During an active call you have more menu features that become available such as putting a call on hold or joining calls Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 After selecting Active Call Menu press
245. de you by asking questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose from English Fran ais or Espa ol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices Press OK to select 2 Press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 3 Press OK to confirm Fusion CC7 336 SYNC When you select Master Reset You can Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications if available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Return Exit the current menu SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use Howeve
246. dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer inan amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle Fusion CC7 218 California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or seri
247. ditive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT Leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Note Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty Octane Recommendations 2 5L engine Fusion CC7 Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended 1 6L and 2 0L EcoBoost engines Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Premium fuel will provide improved performance and is recommended for severe duty usage such as trailer tow Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any e
248. dmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases 400 MyFord Touch it equipped E162051 Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D Heading up 2D map always P shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North uponly If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be Upward on the screen 3D map mode provides an y elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route SIRIUS Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route Fusion CC7 Re center the map by pressing gt Re this icon whenever you scroll the map away
249. ds MyFord Touch it equipped RADIO lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD RADIO n3 Tune Help If available FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt EM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt EM 2 lt 530 1710 gt 5 If you have said Browse see the AM Browse chart later in this section AM lt 530 1710 gt If you have said Tune see the following AM autoset Tune chart AM autoset preset lt gt TUNE AM preset lt gt lt 530 1710 gt Browse lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt AM FM lt 87 9 1079 gt HD lt gt eee AM autoset AM autoset preset lt gt AM preset lt gt EM FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM 2 preset lt gt HD lt gt Preset lt gt Radio off Radio on Set PTY Fusion CC7 FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt FM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt FM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt MyFord Touch i equipped TUNE HD lt gt Preset lt gt Help If available SIRIUS Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select t
250. e Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote Appendices The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from
251. e as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six month intervals Scheduled Maintenance Check every month Engine oil level Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag and safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems We recommend having the following multi point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great 427 Fusion CC7 Scheduled
252. e obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle For example if an obstacle is 24 inches 60 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and at the same time an obstacle is only 16 inches 40 centimeters from the rear of the vehicle the lower pitched tone sounds An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 10 inches 25 centimeters Parking Aids For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system refer to that section ACTIVE PARK ASSIST iF EQUIPPED WARNING This system is designed to bea supplementary park aid It may not work in all conditions and is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system isin use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and audibly instructs you to park the vehicle The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space i e a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the ground i e
253. e use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components General Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place Protect from sunlight if possible If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders Periodically wash your vehicle stored in exposed locations Vehicle Care Touch up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust Cover chrome and stainless steel parts witha thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when your vehicle is washed Lubricate all hood door and trunk lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil Cover interior trim to prevent fading Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contain contaminates that may cause engine damage Start
254. e B Short drivebelt is on second pulley groove farthest from engine E161372 284 Fusion CC7 Capacities and Specifications MOTORCRAFT PARTS Component 1 5LEcoBoost 1 6L EcoBoost 2 0L EcoBoost 2 5L Engine Engine Engine Engine Air filter element FA 1912 Oil fitter rid Battery BXT 96R 500 BXT 96R 590 Spark plugs SP 539 SP 532 SP 537 SP 530 Cabin air filter FP 71 Windshield wiper WW 2700 driver side blade WW 2601 passenger side Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used Only use the specified replacement oil filter The use of a non specified oil filter can result in engine damage gt For spark plug replacement see an authorized dealer Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 425 Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts Your warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used Fusion CC7 285 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION C Make vehicle line series body NUMBER type Pe NES D Engine type The vehicle identification number is _ located on the left hand side of the E Chec
255. e Cruise Control Anti Lock Braking System 82 Brake System Cruise Control Direction Indicator Door Ajal cccceeeeee Electric Park Brake Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Oil Fasten Safety Belt Front Airbag Front Fog Lamps Heads Up Display High Beam Hood Ajar Lane Keeping Aid Low Fuel Level Low Tire Pressure Warning Parking Lamp Powertrain Fault Service Engine Soon Stability Control Stability Control Off Trunk Ajar Washer Fluid Check Washers Wheel Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel c cseseeeeee 279 Wheels and Tires Technical Specifications Windows and Mirrors Windshield Washers Windshield Wipers Intermittent Wipe Speed Dependent Wipers 450 Fusion CC7
256. e Monitor Normal Maintenance Intervals O Oil Change Indicator Reset 239 Oil Check See Engine Oil CHECK ccceeceseseseseeeeeeseeees 238 Opening and Closing the Hood 233 Ordering Additional Owner s Literature Obtaining a French Owner s Manual Overhead Console P Parking Aid Front Sensing System Rear Sensing System Parking Aids Passive Anti Theft System SecuriLock PATS See Passive Anti Theft System Perchlorate Personal Safety System How Does the Personal Safety System WV OL a ana earn aan ea EREE EA 34 Index Making Calls ee Pairing Subsequent PNONeS ccceeeeeees 380 Pairing Your Phone for the First Phone Menu Options Phone Settings Phone Voice Commands Receiving Calls Text Messaging Post Crash Alert System Spinout Detection Power Door Locks See Locking and Unlocking Power Seats Power Lumbatv Power Steering Fluid Check Power WINCOWS cscssessessessesestesesteseeteseeseses 75 Accessory Delay Bounce Back One Touch Down One Touch Up Window Tes een nas ORE Rear Seat AL MreSt cscsscssessesseseseseeeses 126 Rear Seats 125 Rear View CaMera cccseseseseseees Using the Rear View Camera System Rear View Camera See Rear View CAMera c csecccsceeeeens 173 Recommended Towing Weights REPUCUIA Eei s Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System Rem
257. e Settings icon gt Settings gt then Voice Control Select from the following Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening 2 Say any of the following commands 2 MyFord Touch it equipped Voice settings using voice commands Confirmation prompts off Confirmation prompts on Interaction mode advanced Interaction mode novice Media candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Phone candidate lists on Help SETTINGS E161968 A Clock B Display C Sound D Vehicle Fusion CC7 Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system MyFord Touch if equipped E Settings Help F Under this menu you can set your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes o
258. e TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Wheels and Tires The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System E142549 Note Fach road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Fusion CC7 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is
259. e ignition 7 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 8 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start your vehicle and operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter If programming was not successful wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 If you are still unsuccessful take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Fusion CC7 Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key Note You can program a maximum for four intelligent access keys to your vehicle You must have two previously programmedintelligent access keys inside your vehicle and the new unprogrammed intelligent access keys readily accessible See an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed keys are not available Make sure that your vehicle is off before beginning this procedure Make sure that you Close all the doors before beginning and that they remain closed throughout the procedure Perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if you perform any steps out of sequence Read and understand the entire procedure
260. e is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter MyFord Touch if equipped Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune toa station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen E142616 The HD Radio logo blinks when acquiring a digital station and stays solid when digital audio is playing When this logo is
261. e is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information SYNC System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties a
262. e law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE 408 Fusion CC7 this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRN protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content
263. e them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process atany time without notice and without obligation UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings
264. e these safety devices The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration The safety belt pretensioners and optional rear inflatable safety belts are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes The knee airbag s may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions The design of the side airbags and side curtain airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags and side curtain airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation Supplementary Restraints System AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel 43 Fusion CC7 Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before
265. e to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use HOV high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Preferences Fusion CC7 Have the system use guidance prompts 356 MyFord Touch it equipped Navigation Have the system automatically fill in State Province information Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs Have the system display incident icons Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur Have the system display any smog alerts Have the system display weather warnings Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announce ments Avoid Areas Phone Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes Press the Settings icon gt hs Settings gt Phone then select fro
266. e voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen 7 If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation press the Information button If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone Fusion CC7 386 Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions I When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any tim
267. e within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends MyFord Touch it equipped If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigat
268. eNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement Appendices 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted inthis Agreement TeleNav retains all right title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the TeleNav Software you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software collectively Notices electronically TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software 8 4 TeleNav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect
269. ear seats Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield Fusion CC7 not necessary The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your selected temperature as quickly as possible For the system to function efficiently the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open Note At low ambient temperatures with AUTO selected the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents and fan may run at a slow speed until the engine warms up Climate Control Heating the Interior Quickly Vehicle With Manual Climate Control Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting Press the AUTO button 2 Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting not MAX defrost Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting 3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons Recommended Settings for Heating Vehicle With Manual Climate Control Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center setting Press the AUTO button 2 Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings not MAX defrost Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting 3 Select the footwell air vents and wind shield air vents position using the air distribution buttons Cooling the
270. eat If this happens Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Occupant Passenger airbag OFF indic Passenger airbag ator Empty Unlit Disabled Child Lit Disabled Adult Unlit Enabled Note When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger seat mounted side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance Fusion CC7 38 of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased If you think that the status of the passeng
271. ect and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ring tone plays when you choose Phone Ringer Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notific ation On and Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select Modify Phonebook Modify the contents of your phonebook such as add delete or download Press OK to choose between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s manual on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select then and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Auto Download Fusion CC7 Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically down l
272. ection Small distance to vehicle ahead Steering wheel and pedal movements are large very active driving style If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation 196 Fusion CC7 Load Carrying LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading with and without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle trailer or both to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with PAYLOAD E143816 Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX lb for maximum Fusion CC7 the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Ee Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full t
273. ed Locks Mislock If any door or the luggage compartment is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti theft alarm or remote start the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See General Information page 86 Opening the Luggage Compartment 7A Press twice within three seconds 2x to open the luggage compartment Make sure to close and latch the luggage compartment before driving your vehicle An unlatched luggage compartment may cause objects to fall out or block your view Activating Intelligent Access i Equipped You must have the intelligent access key within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle Ata Door Pull an exterior door handle to unlock and open the door Make sure not to touch the lock sensor on top of the handle E157085 Touch the top of the door handle to lock your vehicle There will be a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle again Fusion CC7 Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation At the Luggage Compartment E144402 Press the exterior release button hidden above the license plate Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and lock the vehicle with the power door lock control all
274. ed speed 2 Press and release SET 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The indicator will change colors in the instrument cluster Changing the Set Speed Note f you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal the set speed will not change When you release the accelerator pedal you will return to the speed that you previously set Press and hold SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1mph 2 km h increments Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal You will not erase the set speed Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Cruise Control Off Note You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off Cruise Control USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL iF Equipped WARNINGS Always pay close attention to changing road conditions especially when using adaptive cruise control Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a crash serious injury or death Adaptive cruise control is not a crash warning or avoidance system Adaptive cruise control will not detect stationary or slow moving vehi
275. ee airbag is located under or within the instrument panel During a crash the restraints control module may activate the driver s and passenger s knee airbag individually or both based on crash severity and respective occupant conditions Under certain crash and occupant conditions the driver s and passenger s knee airbag may deploy individually or both but the corresponding front airbag may not activate As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury ry Make sure the knee airbags are N operating properly See Crash page 42 Sensors and Airbag Indicator SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying side curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not lean your head on the door The side curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS Do not attempt to service repair or modify the side curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing side curtain airbags Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag
276. effectively holds the occupant in the appropriate seating position and spreads crash forces over more area of the body than regular safety belts This helps reduce pressure on the chest and helps control head and neck motion for passengers Fusion CC7 WARNING If the rear inflatable safety belt has deployed it will not function again The rear inflatable safety belt system must be replaced by an authorized dealer The rear inflatable safety belts are designed to inflate in frontal or near frontal crashes and some side impact crashes The fact that the rear inflatable safety belt did not inflate in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNINGS Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Do not use extensions with an inflatable safety belt If the safety belt is too short when fully extended a safety belt extension assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label A safety belt extension is not available for the inflatable safety belt Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended Safety Belts SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
277. eir use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAABC WARNING A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Fusion CC7 Temperature ABC WARNING A The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car t
278. elease the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Note The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener Note 70 program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode Fusion CC7 E142661 A Red indicator light B Green indicator light 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from green to red and green 2 Pressthe same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode If done properly the indicator light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button onthe visor you want to program 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button you want to program The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red release the button until the indicator light tur
279. electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull Adaptive Learning The EPS system adaptive learning helps correct for road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel It communicates with the vehicle s brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the vehicle must be driven a short distance before the strategy is relearned and all systems are reactivated Fusion CC7 194 COLLISION WARNINGSYSTEM PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION it Equipped WARNINGS This system is designed to bea supplementary driving aid It i
280. elps prevent your vehicle from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key a malfunction has happened A message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming Your vehicle arms immediately after switching the ignition off Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms your vehicle Fusion CC7 61 Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts your vehicle as well as a remote control The intelligent access key functions asa programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system as well as aremote control If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys integrated keyhead transmitters only are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys Store anextra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See your authorize
281. em Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible You can manually release the electric parking brake by turning the ignition on pressing the brake pedal and then pressing the electric parking brake switch When the electric parking brake is released the brake system warning lamp will turn off Driving with a Trailer Depending on the grade and the weight of the trailer your vehicle and trailer may roll backwards slightly when you start ona slope To prevent this from happening do the following 1 Pull the switch up and hold it in this position 2 Drive your vehicle then release the switch when you notice that the engine has developed sufficient driving force Automatic release drive away release Note On automatic transmission vehicles the driver s door must be closed and the driver s safety belt must be fastened before this feature will operate Note f the electric parking brake warning lamp stays illuminated the electric parking brake will not automatically release You must release the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch Note The engine must be running and the accelerator pedal must be pressed before the drive away release feature will operate Brakes Note On manual transmission vehicles if the transmission selector lever is not in position N when you release the clutch pedal and press the accelerator pedal the electric parking brake wi
282. er airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following Supplementary Restraints System Objects lodged underneath the seat Objects between the seat cushion and the center console Objects hanging off the seat back Objects stowed in the seat back map pocket Objects placed on the occupant s lap Cargo interference with the seat Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above e Make sure the front passenger A sensing system is operating properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 42 If theairbag readiness light is lit do the following The driver and adult passengers should check for objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If there are lodged objects or cargo is interfering with the seat take the following steps to remove the obstruction Pull the vehicle over Turn the vehicle off Driver and adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat Remove the obstruction s if found Restart the vehicle Fusion CC7 Wait at lea
283. er and front passenger weight 150 pounds 68 kilograms each no cargo weight internal or external and a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer Consult an authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on atrailer hitch Fusion CC7 202 Examples For a 5000 pound 2268 kilogram conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds 227 to 340 kilograms For an 11500 pound 5216 kilogram fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds 782 to 1304 kilograms WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or e specified on the the GAWR ified on th Safety Compliance Certification Label A Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations A Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of oc
284. er sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected Even with this technology Supplementary Restraints System parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit and stay unlit If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the s
285. errain Note Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down When climbing a steep slope or hill start ina lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control E143949 Fusion CC7 Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle
286. ery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice All Wheel Drive if Equipped If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the transmission is in P Park Turn the ignition to the lock position or turn the vehicle off using the start stop button and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer I 1 Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a
287. es before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound Fusion CC7 300 Audio System In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio and data fie
288. ess of 35 miles 56 3 kilometers Fusion CC7 Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold In The U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s information portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 3 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside Assistance For your convenience you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of your warranty guide and retain for future reference Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage If you require more information please refer to the coverage section of your w
289. essory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element Note mproper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from discharging accidentally Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods Locations Power points may be in the following locations Fusion CC7 in the front of the center console inside the center console storage bin on the rear of the center console 110 Volt AC Power Point if Equipped WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point since it will defeat the safety protection design Doing so my cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury Note Keep the vehicle running to use the power point You can use the power point for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts It is on the rear of t
290. etected Fusion CC7 Cross traffic alert also sounds an audible warning and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left Cross traffic alert works with the reverse sensing system which sounds its own series of tones See Parking Aid page 168 System Sensors WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist Note t is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present this is rareand known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition either self corrects or clears after a key cycle Driving Aids E142443 The system uses radar sensors which are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle Do not allow these areas to become obstructed by mud snow or bumper stickers as this can cause degraded system performance If the system detects a degraded performance condition a message warning of a blocked sensor or a message warning of low visibility will appear in the information display and the alert indicator illuminates in the appropriate mirror s The information display warning can be cleared but the alert indicat
291. event fogging The heated rear window is automatically switched on when MAX defrost is selected 109 Climate Control G MAX A C Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool position The system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on the fan speed automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full cool position This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient H Air distribution control Press these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield instrument panel and footwell vents The system can distribute air through any combination of these air vents At least one of these buttons remains on while the system is on Heated seats if equipped Turn the driver or passenger heated seats on and off See Heated Seats page 126 J Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging K Fan speed indicators Uminate to indicate fan speed AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL ir equippep A BC DEFG H E144492 N M L J
292. f charge has recovered Turning off unnecessary elec trical loads will allow faster battery state of charge recovery Fusion CC7 99 Information Displays Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System Message Action Blindspot System Fault Displayed when a fault with the system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Blindspot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the system sensors are blocked Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible See Blind Spot Monitor page 189 Cross Traffic Vehicle Coming From X Displayed when the system detects a vehicle See Blind Spot Monitor page 189 Cross Traffic Not Avail able Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when the blind spot information system and cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked See Blind Spot Monitor page 189 Cross Traffic System Fault Displays when a fault with the system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning System Message Action Collision Warning Malfunction Collision Warning Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the colli sion warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Displayed when the collision warning system radar is blocked because of poor radar visi
293. feature Phonebook Access and call any contacts in your previously down loaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 entries the system organizes them into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button Text Message Send download and delete text messages Phone Settings View your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC Services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions 911 Assist Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident when used properly 3 Vehicle Health Report Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings Add Connect Set as Primary On and Off Delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a
294. filter Replace engine air filter Every 30000 miles 48000 km Change automatic transmission fluid Every 60000 miles 96000 km Replace spark plugs This is an optional feature Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Inspect frequently service as required Replace cabin air filter Replace engine air filter Every 5000 miles 8000 km Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Fusion CC7 429 Scheduled Maintenance Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Every 5000 miles 8000 km or six months Change engine oil and filter Perform multi point inspection Every 30000 miles 48000 Change automatic transmission fluid km Every 50000 miles 80000 Change manual transmission fluid km This is an optional feature Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 238 Exclusive use of E85 flex fuel vehicles only Every oil change If ran exclusively on E85 fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel Exceptions There are some exceptions your Normal Scheduled Maintenance California fuel filter replacement If you register your vehicle in
295. firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure Fusion CC7 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note f you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Wheels and Tires Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged inthe tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the
296. flated Accordingly Fusion CC7 276 when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check th
297. fore and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine Fusion CC7 IGNITION SWITCH E72128 O off The ignition is off Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge I accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running Note Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge Il on All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate Ill start cranks the engine KEYLESS STARTING Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Modes E144447 The keyless starting system has three modes Off Turns the ignition off Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not moving On All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once
298. formation see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information MyFord Touch if equipped Accessing and Adjusting Modes Through Your Right Vehicle Information Display E145459 The display is located on the right side of your instrument cluster A You can use your steering wheel controls to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example In Entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio source select memory presets and make some adjustments In Phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation you can view the current route or activate a route Fusion CC7 348 E144811 Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes The selection menu expands and different options appear Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the modes Press the right arrow to enter the mode Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode Press OK to confirm your selection MyFord Touch it equipped Note f your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the ve
299. formation Messages Climate Control Manual Climate Control 109 Automatic Climate Control Automatic Climate Control i Automatic Climate Control 114 Fusion CC7 Hints on Controlling the Interior CUM AC EE Heated Windows and Mirrors Cabin Alt FIOT snn Sexton REMOte Stafin Seats Sitting in the Correct Position 0 120 Head ReStr ih tSn 120 Manual S ats c cccccssesessessessssestesesseseseesesees 122 Power Seats 122 Memory Function 123 Rear Seats 125 Heated S ats tesizietccsessesrsenneaseeees 126 Ventilated S ats cccccccscssesesesesesesseseesseees 126 Rear Seat AMre St cesses 126 Universal Garage Door Opener Universal Garage Door Open r 128 Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power POIntS ccccccesesseseseseees 132 Storage Compartments Genter Console vetiaievsesscidctcseccveies 134 Overhead Console 134 Starting and Stopping the Engine General INFOrmation IBNITION SWitCh aseita Keyless Starting cesessssessesessesestesestesceseees Starting a Gasoline Engine Engine Block Heatelr ccccceeseseseseeesees Unique Driving Character istics AUto Start Stop csssssesssssseeesessesseses 141 Table of Contents Fuel and Refueling Safety PreCautions ccccccccssesesseseseseeeens Fuel Quality Running Out of Fuel REPU CLIN Bi eierci 146 Fuel CONSUMPTION ccccccessesesteseesesteseseees 148 Em
300. from your vehicle s current location Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther inthe map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To turn the feature off just press the or button again In 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode gt Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the fixed icon is in the S center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor is in a window on the top center part of the screen Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on Le the map ofan address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once MyFord Touch it equipped Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the i home position You can only save
301. g a dry windshield E169313 A Single wipe Intermittent wipe Normal wipe High speed wipe 0ON UW Fusion CC7 Intermittent Wipe A Shortest wipe interval B Intermittent wipe C Longest wipe interval Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval Speed Dependent Wipers When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease AUTOWIPERS iF couippepD Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note f you switch autolamps on in conjunction with autowipers your low beam headlamps will illuminate automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously Wipers and Washers Note Wet or winter driving conditions with ice snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing In these conditions you can do the following to help keep your windshield clear Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing Switch to normal or high speed wipe Switch the autowipers off E169315 A Highest sensitivity B On C Lowest sensitivity The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor You will find it in the area around the inter
302. g as the engine coolant is clearand uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 284 In case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted e
303. gh Beam 69 Lighting Load Carrying Load Limit Index Locking and Unlocking Activating Intelligent Access Autolock Feature Auto Relock Battery Saver Illuminated Entry Illuminated Exit Luggage Compartment Power Door Locks Remote Control Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys DD Lug Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel M Maintenance General Information Manual Climate Control Manual Seats Manual Transmission Parking Your Vehicle Recommended Shift Speeds Reverse Using the Clutch Media Hub Memory Function Easy Entry and Exit Function Linking a Pre Set Position to your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key Saving a Pre Set Position Message Center See Information DiSplayS cccseceseeeeee 86 Mirrors See Heated Windows and Mirrors 0 0 117 See Windows and Mirrors Mobile Communications Equipment Moonroof Bounce Back Opening and Closing the Moonroof Venting the Moonroof Motorcraft Parts MyFord Touch General Information Fusion CC7 446 MyKey Troubleshooting MyKey Principle of Operation N Navigation cityseekr Navigation Map Updates Navigation Voice Commands Point of Interest POI Categories Quick touch Buttons Setting a Destination Setting Your Navigation Preferences Normal Scheduled Maintenance Intelligent Oil Lif
304. h Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac if your vehicle is equipped with this feature MyKey CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start place the intelligent access key fob into the backup slot The location of your backup slot is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine page 135 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s See Programming Changing Configurable Settings Programming Changing Configu
305. h it off The feature will turn off MIRRORS iF EquipPeD automatically after several minutes or when you switch the ignition off Heated Rear Window Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines Your warranty does not cover this damage Note You must switch the ignition on to use this feature 117 Fusion CC7 Climate Control Heated Exterior Mirror if Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products The heated mirrors remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window CABIN AIR FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter It is located behind the glove box The particulate filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air supplied to the interior of your vehicle Note Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times This prevents foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system The particulate filtration sy
306. hat may limit the cross traffic alert system Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h Driving Aids Driving in reverse faster than 5 mph 8 km h Backing out of an angled parking spot False Alerts Note f a trailer is connected to the vehicle the BLIS system may detect the trailer causing a false alert You may want to turn the BLIS off manually There may be certain instances when either the BLIS or cross traffic alert systems illuminate the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone this is known as a false alert Some amount of false alerts are normal they are temporary and self correct System Errors If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor the BLIS telltale will illuminate and a message will appear in the information display All other system faults will only be displayed by a message in the information display Switching the Systems Off and On One or both systems can be switched off temporarily by using the information display control See General Information page 86 When the BLIS is switched off you will not receive alerts and a telltale illuminates in the information display Note The CTA system always switches on whenever the ignition is switched on However the BLIS system will remember the last selected on or off setting One or both systems cannot be switched
307. he SIRIUS tab Memory Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio While in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track Press play or pause to play or pause the audio Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set Category for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout This allows you to lock and unlock
308. he screen returns to the Play menu Fusion CC7 329 Press OK and scroll through selections of Play All Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return What s Playing At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands Press the voice icon When us prompted say USB then any of the following USB Autoplay off Autoplay on Connections Pause Play Play album lt name gt Play all Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt n3 Play next folder Play next track SYNC USB USB Play playlist lt name gt Search artist lt name gt Play previous folder Search genre lt name gt Play previous track Search song lt name gt Play song lt name gt Search track lt name gt Play track lt name gt Shuffle off Refine album lt name gt Shuffle on Refine artist lt name gt Similar music Refine song lt name gt 4 What s playing 2 lt name gt isa dynamic listing meaning that Refine track lt name gt it could be the name of anything such as a group artist or song Repeat off This voice command is not available until Repe
309. he center console When the indicator light located on the power point is on power point is ready to supply power off power point power supply is off ignition is not on flashing power point is in fault mode E143941 Auxiliary Power Points The power point temporarily turns off power if it exceeds the 150 watt limit It can also switch to a fault mode if it detects overloading overheating or shorting conditions For overloading and shorting conditions unplug your device and switch the ignition off then on For an overheating condition let the system cool off first Switch the ignition off then on Do not use the power point for certain electric devices including Cathode ray tube type televisions Motor loads for example vacuum cleaners electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor driven refrigerators Measuring devices which process precise data for example medical equipment or measuring equipment Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply for example microcomputer controlled electric blankets or touch sensor lamps 133 Fusion CC7 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Available console features include E143942 A Cupholder B Storage compartment with auxiliary power point auxi
310. headlamps FRONT FOG LAMPS Ff c uippeD E142453 Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except Off and the high beams are not on Lighting DIRECTION INDICATORS E169255 Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators Note Jap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps will turn on when you have met one of the following conditions You open any door You press a remote control button You press button A on the front interior lamp Front Interior Lamp Note The front interior lamp buttons are on the overhead console The exact location of each button on the overhead console depends upon which roof sunroof and window shade features are equipped on the vehicle Fusion CC7 Note Press button C to switch the door function off when you open any door The indicator lamp will light amber when the door function is off When the door function is off and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will stay off Press button C again to switch the door function back on The indicator lamp will light blue when the door function is on When the door function is on and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will light E167127 A All lamps on button B Door function button C All lamps off button D Indi
311. help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between On and Off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Fusion CC7 Choose between English Fran ais and Espa ol Once selected all of the radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 320 SYNC If you select You can 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK
312. hen dual zone operation is disengaged MAX Defrost Press to switch on The system distributes outside air through the windshield air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed When MAX defrost is on recirculated air cannot be selected to prevent fogging The heated rear window is automatically switched on when MAX defrost is selected J Heated rear window Turns the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 117 K Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and de mister vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice Manual Climate Control HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE Note 70 reduce fogging of the windshield INTERIOR CLIMATE during humid weather adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air General Hints vents position Note Prolonged use of recirculated air may Automatic Climate Control cause the windows to fog up Note Adjusting the settings when your Note You may feel a small amount of air vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting Note 70 reduce humidity build up inside your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on Note Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the r
313. hen the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty Refuel as soon as possible Low Tire Pressure Warning It will illuminate when your tire H pressure is low If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible Fusion CC7 84 It will also illuminate momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system checked by your authorized dealer Parking Lamps TPA it will illuminate when you switch 0 Q the parking lamps on Powertrain Fault Illuminates when a powertrain or an AWD fault has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated kel after the engine is started it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics system OBD has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system Refer to On board diagnostics OBD in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced See Emission Control System page 149 If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately Note Under engine misfire conditions excessive e
314. her map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress MyFord Touch it equipped Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area SIRIUS Travel Link Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the
315. hes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 MyFord Touch if equipped Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been i
316. hicle is traveling not true direction for example if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west Using Voice Recognition This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts whenit is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again Howto Use Voice Commands with Your System Press the voice icon After the us tone speak your command clearly These commands can be said at any time during a voice session Cancel Exit Go back 349 Fusion CC7 These commands can be said at any time during a voice session List of commands Main menu Next page Previous page What can I say Help What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current sessio
317. hicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area and A high engine temperature E message will appear in the maae information display The service engine soon indicator will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However The engine power will be limited The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage Fusion CC7 When Fail Safe Mode Is Activated WARNINGS Fail safe mode is for use during emergenc
318. hould only use Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 425 See your authorized dealer for fluid level checking or filling We have designed your engine to use Motorcraft engine oils or equivalent oils brands that meet our specifications Motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meets API SN requirements and displays the API certification mark for gasoline engines are also acceptable Do not use API category oils labeled as SN SM SL or lower category unless the label also display the API certification mark These oils so not meet the requirements of your engine and emission systems Do not use supplemental engine oil additives in your engine They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage not covered by your Ford warranty Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle See the Warning below WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel 1 290 Fusion CC7 Audio System GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by
319. ht trucks B Load Range and Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits Fusion CC7 C Maximum Load Dual lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle Information on T Type Tires T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire Wheels and Tires E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire Fusion CC7 C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial
320. ible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied Seats WARNINGS Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision Note Adjust the seat back to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable If you are extremely tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Front seat and rear seat outboard head restraints E138642 Rear center head restraint E138645 Fusion CC7 The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up Lowering the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push the head restraint down Removing the Head Restraint 1 Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position 2 Press and hold buttons C and D 3 Pullthe head restraint up Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until in locks Tilting Head Restraints The front head restraints have a tilting feature for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following
321. ick up an incoming phone call or to make a phone call Seek In radio mode select a frequency band and press this button The system stops at the first station down the band Press and hold the button to move quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset In CD mode press this button to select the previous track Press and hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track Play Pause Press to either play or pause a track when listening to a CD VOL and Power Press this button to turn the system off and on Turn it to adjust the volume PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See SYNC page 306 MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu Structure later in this section 293 Audio System R MEDIA Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port S Clock Press this button to access the clock setting Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings T RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies bands Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions U SIRIUS Press this button to listen to SIRIUS satellite radio AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH PREMIUM AM FM CD WARNING Driving whi
322. icle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car s paint from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax Fusion CC7 254 Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax Apply a small amount of wax ina back and forth motion not in circles Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time Roof racks Bumpers Grained door handles Side moldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area Do not apply wax to glass areas After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage
323. icle is moving Fusion CC7 304 E149149 The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male 1 8th inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P vehicle with an automatic transmission or neutral vehicle with a manual transmission 2 Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack 3 Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Audio System 5 Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level Press AUX until LINE or LINEIN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls USB PORT iF couipPeD 9 t LINE IN E149148 The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and charge devices if supported MEDIA HUB iF couipPeD The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features Fusion CC7
324. icle may be different from this example Fusion CC7 A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Wheels and Tires G H Indicates the tire s soeed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation
325. icle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the TeleNav Software to provide TeleNav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the TeleNav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the TeleNav Software This license shall terminate upon Appendices any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License Limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer
326. icle speed is outside the operational range of the feature Sun is shining directly into the camera lens Quick intentional lane change Staying too close to the lane marking Driving at high speeds in curves Previous feature activation happened within the last one second Ambiguous lane markings mainly in construction zones Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa Sudden offset in lane markings ABS or AdvanceTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt grime fog frost or water on the windshield Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa Standing water on the road Faint lane markings partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads Lane width too narrow or too wide Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads 188 Fusion CC7 Driving Aids Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always as expected in the Aid or Aid Alert mode High cross winds Large road crown Rough roads grooves shoulder drop offs Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure If the tires have been exchanged including snow tires or the suspension has been modified BLIND SPOT MONITOR Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert ir
327. id skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds toa maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs All Wheel Drive if Equipped Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels Do not drive your AWD vehicle in deep sand This will cause the AWD system to overheat After the system has cooled down normal AWD function will return Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and Water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the
328. iend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 9 x 45 kilograms 635 198 405 32 kilograms The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position 204 Fusion CC7 Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label A Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury The electrical system on your vehicle may have fuses or relays related to the towing equipment See Fuses page 223 The load capacity of your vehicle is designated by weight not volume You will not necessarily be able to use all available space when loading your vehicle or trailer Towing a trailer places extra load on the engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components before during and after towing Fusion CC7 Load Placement To help minimize how traile
329. ies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in asafe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot You have limited engine power when inthe fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK Note Transmission fluid should be checked by an
330. iew the text message Listen for SYNC to read the message to you Dial to call the contact Ignore to exit the screen Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it asa favorite MyFord Touch it equipped Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 384 Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button
331. ilable to you through the use of the SOFTWARE Appendices Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Pu
332. illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Wheels and Tires Low tire pressure Possible cause Customer action required warning light Solid warning light Tire s Under inflated Make sure tires are at the proper pres sure See Inflating your tires in this chapter After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph
333. imum braking which the system can apply is limited You can override the system by applying the brakes If the system predicts that its maximum braking level will not be sufficient an audible warning will sound while the system continues to brake This is accompanied by a heads up display a red warning bar illuminating on the windshield You should take immediate action Setting the Gap Distance Note t is your responsibility to selecta gap appropriate to the driving conditions E144502 A B Gap decrease Gap increase 179 Cruise Control You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you by pressing the gap control lo E164805 The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic Four gap distance settings are available Adaptive cruise control distance between vehicle settings Set speed Graphic display Time gap Distance gap Dynamic beha bars indicated seconds vior mph km h between yd m vehicles 62 mph 31 yd 28 m Sport 100 km h 62 mph 2 43 yd 39 m Normal 100 km h 62 mph 3 55 yd 50 m Normal 100 km h 62 mph 4 67 yd 61m Comfort 100 km h Each time you start the vehicle the system Overriding the System will select the last chosen gap for the current driver WARNING Disengaging the System Press the brake pedal or press CNCL The last set speed dis
334. ina child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending onthe child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Fusion CC7 Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat E142528 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat wi
335. insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers Vehicle Care Wash your vehicle first Using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your veh
336. ion selector lever is in position P automatic transmission or N manual transmission the ignition is off the driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Turn the ignition on Do not start the vehicle 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute After Step 2 wait an additional five seconds before proceeding with Step 3 Once Step 3 is started the procedure must be completed within 30 seconds Fusion CC7 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will flash for confirmation This will disable the feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled This will enable the feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped
337. ion system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See Navigation page 396 Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the hang up phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip Such as a sports report and say your voice command Push to interrupt Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services SERVICES SYNC Services Voice Commands When a route has been us downloaded non navigation systems press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands Cancel route Navigation voice off Navigation voice on Next turn 387 Fusion
338. ional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out Have the system checked by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking have it checked by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels page 257 D O See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 82 Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Move the transmission selector lever to position P switch the engine off and apply the parking brake Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Fusion CC7 162 Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake rapidly by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency a
339. ions Ford recommends using Mud and Snow M S M S All season or Snow tires Fusion CC7 275 USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle may have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and cables If you need to use cables it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as cables may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle Purchase chains or cables from a manufacturer that clearly labels body to tire dimension restrictions Use no larger than 15 mm cables or chains ONLY on front axle with 215 60R16 tires Do not use chains or cables on any other size tires The snow chains or cables must be mounted in pairs on the front axle When driving with tire cables do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h or the maximum speed recommended by the chain manufacture
340. ions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the TeleNav Software TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver Fusion CC7 places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your veh
341. ions and Privacy Statement for more information Fusion CC7 SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 310 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services SYNC Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver place you in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technol
342. ior mirror The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns on the wipers It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield You can turn this feature on and off in the information display See General Information page 86 Fusion CC7 68 Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor Set the control to low sensitivity and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield Set the control to high sensitivity and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield Keep the outside of the windshield clean The rain sensor is very sensitive If the area around the mirror is dirty then the wipers may operate if dirt mist or insects hit the windshield WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat E169316 To operate the washers and spray the windshield pull the lever toward you A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid This feature can be switched on or off in the information display See General Information page 86 Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL A B Cc as N Ab N E142449 A Off Headlamp Flasher E162680 Pull the lever toward you slightly and
343. ious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again Fusion CC7 WARNINGS When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle Wheels and Tires It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used i
344. ires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the original equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Wheels and Tires Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry amaximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 ki
345. is mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after one minute of keypad inactivity pressing the unlock button on the remote control switching the ignition on unlocking your vehicle using intelligent access Unlocking and Locking the Doors To Unlock the Driver Door Enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note Al doors will unlock if you enable the all door unlocking mode See Locking and Unlocking page 54 To Unlock All Doors Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 34 within five seconds To Lock All Doors Press and hold 7 8 and 9 0 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first To Release the Trunk Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 5 6 within five seconds Displaying the Factory Set Code With Integrated Keyhead Transmitters Note You will need to have two programmed passive anti theft keys for this procedure Fusion CC7 To display the factory set code in the information display 1 Insert a key into the ignition and switch the ignition on for a few seconds 2 Switch the ignition off and remove the key 3 Insert the second key into the ignition and switch the ignition on The factory set code will display for a
346. isplay off If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card MyFord Touch it equipped Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings hs icon gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display Compatible file formats are as follows Jpg gif ong omp Each file must be 1 5 MB or less Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 Sound Press the Settings icon gt Sound then select from the following Sound Bass Midrange Treble Set Balance and Fade DSP Occupancy Mode
347. isputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users f the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Datais a commercial term as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME NAVTEQ CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 Fusion CC7 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided 2011 NAVTEQ All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Wi Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire 2013 JiWire Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenot
348. ission Control SySt m ccccscscseseseees 149 Transmission Manual TransSmMiSSiOn cccccsesecesecseeeees 152 Automatic TrANSMISSION cceeceseeeeee 153 All Wheel Drive Using All Wheel Drive 157 Brakes General INFOPMAtION Lu ccecescesesseseeteseeeeees 162 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brak S cccecsecsecsesseeeseees Electric Parking Brake i PHIL Start ASS Siessen Traction Control Principle of Operation Using Traction Control Stability Control Principle Of Operation Using Stability Control Parking Aids Parking Aid cccescssessessseseesesessessestesesteseeesees Active Park Assist Rear View Camera Cruise Control Principle Of OperatiOn ccccsesceseseseeeseens Using Cruise Control Using Adaptive Cruise Control Fusion CC7 Driving Aids Driver Aleftsnsssonnnss ss Lane Keeping System Blind Spot Monitor p gt holo dig oeeererererees peer preeerr erp re rronrreererr rr prererereerrers Collision Warning SysteM ccceceeee 194 Load Carrying koad iita 197 Towing Towing a Traile feta scneinenieenanss 205 Recommended Towing Weights 206 Essential Towing Check 207 Transporting the Vehicle 209 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 209 Driving Hints Br AKiN IN ceesssseseseseesessesesssssstesssseeeseesesees 211 Economical DIiVig c scccccsessesessecseseseseees 211 Driving Through Watel ccscs
349. istance During vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Introduction Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner s Manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNINGS Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury See Supplementary Restraints System page 35 1 1 Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your
350. istory Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Return Exit the current menu E 1 Press the phone button to enter the Accessing Features through the phone menu Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phonebook and sends text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services When you select You can Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select and then press OK again to confirm Call History Access any previously dialed received or missed calls after Fusion CC7 you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK to make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selec tion 314 SYNC When you select You can Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phonebook and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this
351. it may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example say Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home You could also say Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe 309 Fusion CC7 SYNC When you say The system Media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media candidate list You may still occasionally be asked questions Media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media candidates Phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the phone candidate list You may still occasionally be asked questions Phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for phone candidates Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Fusion CC7 310 USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands
352. ive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle Always turn off the vehicle before refueling Fusion CC7 143 Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minu
353. k digit instrument panel F Model year G Assembly plant l H Production sequence number XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL E142476 Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO number ae ee The Vehicle Identification Number contains ANANA A ul DON KG OOOO LD We i i ion XXXXXXX RIMS XXXXXXX RIMS the followi ng information AT XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX KK TYPE KXXX DONX EXTPNT XK XXNKXK IRC Xx DSO XXXX We NR TIPPS TR TAXE TR TspR T XYXX KX WO X X XX X KKK XXX ABCDEFG H OONN K OONO E167469 E142477 A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Restraint Devices and their locations 286 Fusion CC7 Capacities and Specifications The National Highway Traffic Safety TRANSMISSION CODE Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be DESIGNATION affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position
354. l waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca MyFord Touch if equipped Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessa
355. lant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool Trip1 amp 2 Choose between the standard N or enhanced trip display Tripi amp 2 Standard display Enhanced display Trip Odometer X X Trip Timer X X Average Fuel X Fusion CC7 90 Information Displays Trip1 amp 2 Standard display Enhanced display Fuel Used X Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information Trio Odometer shows the accumulated trip distance Trip Timer timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted Average Fuel shows the average fuel economy for a given trip Fuel Used shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip Fuel Economy Use the left right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display Fuel Economy Option Option 2 DTE X X Inst Fuel Econ X Average Fuel X X Fuel History X Fuel History Duration 5 10 or 30 minute DTE Distance To Empty shows the approximate distance the vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in the tank Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary Inst Fuel Econ This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy Average Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset Fuel History shows a bar chart
356. ld being injured in a crash greatly increases Child Safety Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps Many forward facing child safety Nh seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions Shown from top view G 8 i E142537 Fusion CC7 Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note f you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is
357. ld the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The indicator light will begin flashing in10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note f used when the vehicle is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or acc
358. lds on screen Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality 299 Fusion CC7 Audio System The multicast indicator appears in FM When HD Radio broadcasts are active you mode only if the current station is can access the following functions broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts Scan allows you to hear a brief The highlighted numbers signify available sampling of all available stations This digital channels where new or different feature still works when HD Radio content is available HD1 signifies the main reception is on although it does not programming status and is available in scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may analog and digital broadcasts Other see the HD logo appear if the station multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are has a digital broadcast only available digitally Memory presets allow you to save an When HD Radio broadcasts are active you active channel as a memory preset can access the following functions Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mut
359. le distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Fusion CC7 294 Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See MyFord Touch page 343 Audio System 144489 E A VOL and Power Press this button to turn the system off and on Turn it to adjust the volume B CD slot Insert a CD C TUNE Once you select a frequency band turn the control to find the desired station manually D Eject Press this button to eject a CD E Seek and Fast Forward In radio mode select a frequency band and press this button The system stops at the first station up the band Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset In CD mode press this button to select the next track Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track F Seek and Reverse In radio mode select a frequency band and press this button The system stops at the first station down the band Press and hold the button to m
360. less amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot in your vehicle to speak to each other Press the Settings icon gt share files or play games Using this Wi Fi hs Settings gt Wireless amp Fusion CC7 Internet then select from the following 358 MyFord Touch it equipped Wi fi Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previ ously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for anetwork connect to anetwork disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change
361. liary input jack USB port and media hub C Auxiliary power point OVERHEAD CONSOLE E75193 Press near the rear edge of the door to open it 134 Fusion CC7 Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system creating the risk of fire Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you reconnect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise When you start the engine avoid pressing the accelerator pedal be
362. lite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of Snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal interfer Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the ence interference and the audio system may mute Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Acquiring Radio requires more than No action required This two seconds to produce message should disappear audio for the selected shortly channel Sat Fault SIRIUS System There is an internal module If this message does not Failure or system failure present clear shortly or with an igni tion key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer Tune to another channel or available choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 include this channel 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel
363. ll release automatically Note On manual transmission vehicles the clutch pedal must be fully pressed before the drive away release feature will operate Drive as normal using the accelerator and clutch pedals and the electric parking brake will be automatically released The brake system warning lamp will go off to confirm that the electric parking brake has been released Note The electric parking brake drive away release makes starting on a hill easier This feature will release the parking brake automatically when the vehicle has sufficient drive force to move up the hill To assure drive away release when starting uphill press the accelerator pedal quickly Battery With No Charge WARNING You will not be able to apply or release the electric parking brake if the battery is low or has no charge If the battery is low or has no charge use jumper cables and a booster battery HILL START ASSIST WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake When you leave your vehicle always apply the parking brake and put the transmission in park P You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system Fusion CC7 WARNINGS During all times you are responsible 1 for controlling your vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required If the engine is revved excessively or T if a malfunction is detected the system will be deactivated The system makes it e
364. ll weather floor mats Rear seat entertainment Premium carpeted floor mats Lighted door sill plates Electrochromatic compass temperature interior mirrors Lifestyle Ash cup or smoker s packages Roof racks and carriers Fusion CC7 405 Cargo area protectors Cargo net Cargo organizers Interior light kit Peace of mind Remote start Vehicle security systems Wheel locks Bumper mounted parking sensor Locking fuel plug for capless fuel system The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the accessory manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer Accessories For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems
365. llow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes Fusion CC7 4 Remove the soaked cloth andifitis not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS ir EQUIPPED For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a soft cloth If you cannot completely clean the leather using a mild soap and water solution you can try a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors Note 7o check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather You should remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner clean spills and stains as quickly as possible check for compatibility by first testing any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather oil petroleum based leather conditioners household cleaners alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics Vehicle Care REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your a
366. lluminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light ee temporarily illuminates on engine start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start up and stays on when you turn the traction control system off When you turn the traction control system off or on amessage appears in the information display showing system status Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Reme
367. lograms each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5x30 1400 1100 150 150 pounds Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 5 x 99 kilograms 5x 13 5 kilograms 635 495 67 5 72 5 kilograms Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for twelve 100 pound 45 kilogram bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds 99 kilograms the calculation would be 1400 2x 220 12x100 1400 440 1200 240 pounds No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would Load Carrying be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 12 x 45 kilograms 635 198 540 103 kilograms You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds 104 kilograms If you remove three 100 pound 45 kilogram cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9x100 1400 440 900 60 pounds Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your fr
368. lometers Fusion CC7 Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and Wheels and Tires describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P Type Tires E142543 P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your veh
369. lowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact witha deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS
370. lso affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery Some engine computer settings like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy optimize the driveability and performance of the engine Some other computer settings like the clock and radio station presets are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery When a technician disconnects and connects the low voltage battery these settings are erased Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Shift the transmission into P 3 Turn off all accessories 4 Step on the brake pedal and start the vehicle Maintenance Run the engine until it reaches normal operating
371. m the following Phone Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and donotring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Turn onor turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 384 Fusion CC7 357 MyFord Touch if equipped Phone Ringer Phone Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Notification Select the type of notification for text messages alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone you can adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode Wire
372. mands SD card list of commands Sirius satellite list of commands Travel link list of commands USB list of commands Voice instructions list of commands Voice settings list of commands Help This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an active SIRIUS satellite radio subscription Fusion CC7 350 Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone and Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press th
373. mary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When you select a phone as a primary phone it appears first in the list and the system marks it with an asterisk Set Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off 319 Fusion CC7 SYNC If you select You can Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off Make a selection and then press OK Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Return Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature You can only connect one device at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected Advanced 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu The Advanced menu allows you to access 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset insta application and view system w Scroll to Advanced Press OK Scroll to select from the following options lan information A If you select You can Prompts Get
374. matically shut down Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING A Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result ina loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off Vehicles with an Ignition Key 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position N automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 2 When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P automatic transmission or 1 manual transmission and turn the key to position O 3 Apply the parking brake Vehicles with Keyless Start 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 2 When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P 3 Press and hold the button for one second or press it three times within two seconds 4 Apply the parking brake Starting and Stopping the Engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its
375. matically when you release the brake pedal In some situations your vehicle may restart automatically for example To maintain interior comfort To recharge the battery Note Power assist steering is turned off when the engine is off WARNINGS The engine may restart automatically if required by the system Switch the ignition off before opening the hood or performing any maintenance Failure to do so may result in serious injuries due to automatic engine restart Always switch the ignition off before leaving your vehicle as the system may have turned the engine off but the ignition will still be on and automatic restart may occur The Auto StartStop system status is available at a glance within the information display See Information Displays page 86 Enabling Auto StartStop The system is automatically enabled every time you start your vehicle if the following conditions are met The Auto StartStop button is not pressed not illuminated Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed of 3mph 4 km h after the vehicle has been initially started Your vehicle is stopped Fusion CC7 Your foot is on the brake pedal The transmission selector lever is in position D The driver s door is closed There is adequate brake vacuum The interior compartment has been cooled or warmed to an acceptable level The front windshield defroster and rear window defroster are off The steering
376. mber that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN Fusion CC7 The AdvanceTrac Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See Using Traction Control page 166 E72903 A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac skidding off its intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac maintaining control on a slippery surface USING STABILITY CONTROL AdvanceTrac The system automatically activates when you start your vehicle The AdvanceTrac system cannot be completely turned off but the electronic stability control system is disabled when the transmission selector lever is in position R You can turn off the traction control
377. me less effective If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling Fusion CC7 Allow more distance for stopping with atrailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually Avoid parking on a grade However if you must park on a grade Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow Set your vehicle parking brake Place the automatic transmission in position P or manual transmission in a low gear Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after you remove the trailer from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components Causing internal damage to the components Affecting drivability emissions and reliability Any time the rear axle submerges in water replace
378. meric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL Appendices WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL G
379. mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 424 Fusion CC7 Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner s manual See Capacities and Specifications page 284
380. minutes You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 35 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The 2X parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See General Information page 86 REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle See Passive Anti Theft System page 61 To re program the passive anti theft system see an authorized dealer MyKey PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to create a MyKey program configurable MyKey settings clear all MyKey features When you have programmed a MyKey you canaccess the following information using the information display How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle The total distance your vehicle has traveled
381. mpting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Fusion CC7 412 Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local
382. n Note S R US reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Fusion CC7 a om SATELLIT RADIO E142593 SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN touch the bottom left corner of the touchscreen Touch SIRIUS gt Options MyFord Touch i equipped SIRIUS Satel
383. n do one of the following During a voice session press the help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session Press the voice icon After the tone say Help for an audible list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon MyFord Touch if equipped Accessing a List of Available Commands If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List If you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly Available voice commands Audio list of commands Bluetooth audio list of commands Browse list of commands CD list of commands Climate control list of commands List of commands Navigation list of commands Phone list of commands Radio list of com
384. n refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Do not rely on this fuel for driving The usable capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be put into the tank after the gauge indicates empty The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size it is the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve Filling the Tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank Fusion CC7 Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fillthe fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Eachtime you fill the tank recor
385. n a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Fusion CC7 Vehicle Health Report if Equipped WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system Such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note This feature is only available in the United States Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before runni
386. n admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey MyKey NUMBER OF MYKEY S USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE Indicates the number of MyKeys START SYSTEMS programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you MyKey is not compatible with non have for your vehicle and determine when Ford approved aftermarket remote start a MyKey has been deleted systems If you choose to install a remote NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY S start system see an authorized dealer for f a Ford approved remote start system Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Condition Potential Causes cannot create a MyKey The key or fob used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges The key or fob used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key Vehicles with push button start The intelli gent access key fob is not positioned correctly next to the steering column See Keyless Starting page 135 SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with
387. n aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety Practices WARNINGS A If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds A Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits havea great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts stops and turns Fusion CC7 Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires f
388. n and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings To close the windows and moonroof press and hold the remote control lock button Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving Fusion CC7 76 E144073 A Left hand mirror B Adjustment control C Right hand mirror To adjust a mirror 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust The control will illuminate 2 Adjust the position of the mirror 3 Press the mirror switch again Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Heated Exterior Mirrors if Equipped See Heated Windowsand Mirrors page 117 Memory Mirrors if equipped You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function See Memory Function page 123 Auto Dimming Feature 1 Equipped The driver exterior mirror automatically dims when the interior auto dimming mirror turns on Windows and Mirrors Signal Indicator Mirrors if Equipped The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing will blink when you switch on the turn signal Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors it Equipped WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear Blind spot
389. n are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WARNINGS A Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size Wheels and Tires WARNINGS may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A To reduce the risk of ser
390. n display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Information Display Controls Type 1 and Type 2 E144637 Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display escape button Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages You can access the menu using the information display control Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional Trip land 2 Trip Odometer Trip Timer Fuel Used Average Fuel Fusion CC7 86 Information Displays Trip land 2 All Values Outside Temperature Resetting the Trip Computer Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip distance time and fuel information Trip Odometer Registers the distance of individual journeys Trip Timer timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted Fuel Used shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip Average Fuel shows the average fuel economy for a given trip All Values Shows all trip values Outside Temperature Shows the outside air temperature Fuel Economy
391. n the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging H A C Press the button to turn air conditioning off and on To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency MAX A C Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging J AUTO Press the button to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically adjusts fan speed air distribution A C operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature K Heated rear window Turns the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 117 L Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and de mister vents Yo
392. n which 911 is the emergency number Fusion CC7 323 In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off the triggers for 911 Assist If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system SYNC 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to eme
393. nch Owner s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTINGSAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY E142557 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company Customer Assistance To contact NHTSA you may call You can also obtain other the Vehicle Safety Hotline information about motor vehicle toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY safety from 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov http www safercar gov or write to REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS Administrator CANADA ONLY 1200 New Jersey Avenue If you believe that your vehicle has a defect Southeast which could cause a crash or could cause Washington D C 20590 injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada Transport Canada Contact Information Website http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm Phone 1 800 333 0510 222 Fusion CC7 FUSE SPECIFICA
394. nd Metadata Information EPB See Electric Parking Brake Essential Towing Checks Before Towing a Trailer Watercraft PWC Safety Chains Trailer Brakes Trailer Lamps When Towing a Trailer Event Data Recording See Data Recording Export Unique Options Exterior Mirrors Auto Dimming Featur Blind Spot Monitor Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Heated Exterior Mirrors Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors Memory Mirrors Power Exterior Mirrors Signal Indicator Mirrors F Fastening the Safety Belts Rear Inflatable Safety Belt Restraint of Pregnant Women Safety Belt Extension Assembly Safety Belt Locking Modes Floor Mats Index Fog Lamps Front See Front Fog Lamps Ford Credit U S Only Ford Extended Service Plan ESP SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY SERVICE PLANS U S Only Front Fog Lamps Front Passenger Sensing System Fuel and Refueling 143 Fuel Consumption 148 Calculating Fuel Economy 148 Filling the Tank 148 Fuel Filter 242 Fuel Quality 144 Choosing the Right Fuel 144 Octane Recommendations 144 Fuel SHUTO finnan ueno pnn ni 214 POSEEN E A 223 Fuse Specification Chart 223 Passenger Compartment Fuse Pamelor fritsie E 229 Power Distribution BOX ccecessessesseseseeneees 223 Garage Door Opener See Universal Garage Door Opener 128 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge F
395. ne U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Manuals Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L amp K OC8 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 Ifyou require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center Customer Assistance In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center Vehicle Identification Number Your telephone number home and business The name of the authorized dealer and city where located The vehicle s current odometer reading Insome states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty
396. ne braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds SelectShift Automatic Transmission if Equipped Your SelectShift Automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears manually Fusion CC7 If equipped with the toggle on the gearshift lever Press the button to upshift Press the button to downshift E142629 If equipped with steering wheel paddles With your vehicle in D Drive the gearshift lever or paddle shifters provide temporary manual control They allow you the ability to shift gears quickly without taking your hands off the steering wheel You can achieve extensive manual control by pressing the S Sport button Pull the right paddle to upshift Pull the left paddle to downshift E144821 The system determines when temporary manual control is no longer in use and returns to automatic control Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart Transmission Upshifts when accelerating recom mended for best fuel economy Shift from 15 mph 24 km h 25 mph 40 km h 40 mph 64 km h 45 mph 72 km h 50 mph 80 km h The inst
397. ne soon alel felel Side airbag J Shield the eyes Stability control A Windshield wash and wipe ae Fusion CC7 DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See SYNC page 306 Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such
398. neral Information 162 Breaking In ccsecee well Bulb Specification Chart 250 Cabin Air FIM G rcacsccstscscesscsscsscsccssesccssosceacnnccnes 118 California Proposition 65 0 0 Capacities and Specifications Technical Specifications Car Wash See Cleaning the Exterior Center Console Changing a Bulb Lamp Assembly Condensation Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs Replacing the License Plate Lamp Replacing the Brake Lamp and Turn Signal Lamp RUD Ska rea a E aA 249 Changing a FUSC cccccsecsesesseseseseeseseeseseees 232 PUSCSisinsiseatitsncisirtietanaincddiataianda 232 Changing a Road WheEL ccccecceeeeeees 279 Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information Stowing the flat tire Tire Change Procedure Changing the 12V Battery Changing the Engine Air Filter 2 5L Engine EcoBoost Engines Changing the Wiper Blades 244 Checking MyKey System StatuS 51 Checking the Wiper Blades 244 Child Restraint and Safety Belt MaAIiNTOMAN CE eeeseeteseeseseeeeeeseeteseetesteeteseeees 32 Child Safety General Information Fusion CC7 442 Child Safety LOCKS cscescscesssesesesessestessesees 23 Left Hand SiC ececsecsessecesssessssseessessessesseees 24 Right Hand Side ccseeessesesseseesesseseeeseeseeeeeees 24 Child Seat Positioning wed Cleaning Leather Seats 256 Cleaning Produ
399. ng Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed calla physician immediately Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note f your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced Note See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access testing or replacement When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative post A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation Fusion CC7 243 Note f a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may a
400. ng column E145984 229 Fusion CC7 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 10A Lighting ambient glove box vanity dome trunk 2 75A Memory seats Lumbar Power mirror 3 20A Driver door unlock 4 5A Not used spare 5 20A Subwoofer amplifier 6 104A Not used spare 7 104A Not used spare 8 104 Not used spare 9 104 Not used spare 10 54 Keypad TI 54 Not used 12 754 Climate control Gear shift 13 754 Steering wheel column Cluster Datalink ogic 14 104 Not used 15 104 Datalink Gateway module 16 15A Not used spare 17 54 Not used spare 18 5A Ignition Push button stop start 19 54 Passenger airbag disabled indicator Transmission range 20 5A Not used spare 21 54 Humidity and in car temperature Fusion CC7 230 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 22 5A Occupant classification sensor 23 10A Delayed accessory Power inverter logic Moonroof logic 24 30A Central lock unlock 25 30A Driver door window mirror 26 30A Front passenger door window mirror 27 30A Moonroof 28 20A Sony amplifier 29 30A Rear driver side door window 30 30A Rear passenger side door window 31 15A Not used spare 32 10A GPS Voice control Display Adaptive cruise con
401. ng message will turn off and normal AWD function will return Fusion CC7 157 Do not use a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided If the mini spare tire is installed the AWD system may disable automatically and enter front wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components This condition will be indicated by a warning in the information display See Information Messages page 94 If there is a warning message in the information display from using the spare tire this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive or damage the AWD system Driving In Special Conditions With All Wheel Drive AWD AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Basic operating principles in special conditions Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slipp
402. ng a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report MyFord Touch it equipped Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime Usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report 7 If you want to run a report by 2 using the touchscreen touch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report Fusion CC7 To run a report by voice us command press the voice button on the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Com
403. ng the multifunction switch Automatic control will resume when conditions are correct Note Vodification of the vehicle ride height such as using much larger tires may degrade feature performance A camera sensor centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle continuously monitors conditions to decide when to switch the high beams off and on Lighting Once the system is active the high beams will switch on if the ambient light level is low enough there is no traffic in front of the vehicle the vehicle speed is greater than 25 mph 40 km h The high beams will switch off if the system detects the headlamps of an approaching vehicle or the tail lamps of a preceding vehicle vehicle speed falls below 16 mph 25 km h the ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required the system detects severe rain snow or fog the camera is blocked Activating the System Switch on the system using the information display and autolamps See Information Displays page 86 See Autolamps page 69 AS E142451 Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position Fusion CC7 Manually Overriding the System t E169254 When the automatic control has activated the high beams pushing or pulling the stalk will provide a temporary override to low beam Use the information display menu to permanently deactivate the system or turn the lighting control switch from autolamps to
404. ng trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estadistica y Geografia TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise Fusion CC7 reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Excep
405. ngine damage RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel Fuel and Refueling You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 82 Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The in
406. ngine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 284 Fusion CC7 Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Maintenance Ve
407. ngs and personal data Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch it equipped Voice Control Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Voice Control then select from the following Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed inter action and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Phone Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Player Press the Settings icon gt hs Settings gt Media Player then select from the following Media player Autoplay When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source
408. ngs each time you turn on the system Mode This setting allows the driver to select which of the system features will be enabled E165515 Alert only Provides a steering wheel vibration when an unintended lane departure is detected Fusion CC7 186 E165516 Aid only Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center when an unintended lane departure is detected Alert B Aid Alert Aid Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center If the vehicle continues drifting out of the lane a steering wheel vibration is provided Note The alert and aid diagrams are meant to illustrate general zone coverage They are not intended to provide the exact zone parameters Intensity This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert and alert aid modes This setting does not impact the aid mode Driving Aids Low Medium High System Display E151660 When the system is turned on an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will be displayed in the information display If the aid mode is selected when the system is turned on a separate white icon will also appear in the instrument cluster or in some vehicles arrows will be displayed with the lane markings When the system is turned off the lane marking graphics will not be displayed Note The overhead vehicle graphic may still be displayed if adaptive cruise co
409. nout has occurred and the hazard are activated Fusion CC7 107 Information Displays Transmission Message Action Transmission Malfunc tion Service Now See your authorized dealer Transmission Over heating Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool Stop ina safe place as soon as it is possible Transmission Overtem perature Stop Safely The transmission has overheated and needs to cool Stop in a safe place as soon as it is possible Transmission Service Required See your authorized dealer Transmission Too Hot Press Brake Transmission is getting hot Stop to let it cool Transmission Limited Function See Manual Displays when the transmission has overheated and has limited functionality See Automatic Transmission page 153 Transmission Warming Transmission is too cold Wait for it to warm up before you Up Please Wait drive Transmission Not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park Press Brake Pedal Displays as a reminder to press the brake pedal in order to select a gear Transmission Adjusted Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift strategy Transmission Adapt Mode Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup On Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable to select gears Transmission Indic
410. ns Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route Touch this button to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences Cancel Route MyFord Touch it equipped Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands When in navigation mode press the voice button on the steering wheel controls After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands Navigation system voice commands Destination POI Destination POI category Destination previous destination Destination street address Detour n3 Navigation Navigati
411. ns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this Universal Garage Door Opener 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Pressthe same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the indicator light will turn green Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor wv leew Ss E142662 1 Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on 2 Release the program button Only the smaller round indicator light should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple indicator light will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously programmed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple Fusion CC7 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and ho
412. nsmission control Transmis sion oil pump start stop 22 10A Air conditioner clutch solenoid 23 15A Run start blind spot information system Rear view camera Adaptive cruise control Heads up display Fusion CC7 224 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 24 Not used 25 104 Run start anti lock brake system 26 104 Run start powertrain control module 27 10A Not used spare 28 Not used 29 Not used 30 Not used 31 Not used 32 Electronic fan 1 relay 33 Air conditioner clutch relay 34 Not used 35 Not used 36 Not used 37 Not used 38 Electronic fan 2 relay 39 Electronic fan 3 relay 40 Fuel pump relay 4 Horn relay 42 Not used 43 Not used 44 Not used 45 Not used 46 104 Alternator 47 104 Brake on off switch 48 20A Horn 225 Fusion CC7 Fuses Fuse amp rating Protected components 5A Mass air flow monitor 51 Not used 52 Not used 53 10A Power seats 54 Not used Micro fuse 7Dual micro fuse M type fuse Power Distribution Box Bottom There are fuses located on the bottom of the fuse box To access the bottom of the fuse box do the following E145983 1 Release the two latches located on both sides of the fuse box 226 Fusion CC7 2 Raise the inboard
413. nt This prevents damage to the transmission all wheel drive system and vehicle TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels on the ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration under the following conditions Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction Place the transmission in position N If you cannot move the transmission into N you may need to override it See Transmission page 152 Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Towing Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle See Climate Control page 109 Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission Front wheel Drive Vehicles Front wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider All wheel
414. nt may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates Fusion CC7 supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made ava
415. nt on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route Fusion CC7 Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes Note f your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is moving Point of Interest POI Categories Main categories Food Drink amp Dining Travel amp Transportation Financial Emergency Community Health amp Medicine
416. ntains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Terrain When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Station overload Satellite radio signal interfer ence SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service Note S RIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Fusion CC7 4 om SATELLIT RADIO E142593 302 Audio System SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability Troubleshooting For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player anda complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please vi
417. nter section If the needle enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the engine switch the ignition off and determine the cause once the engine has cooled down Note Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been resolved Type3 WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Fuel Gauge Switch the ignition on The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or ona gradient The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located E144486 Fusion CC7 Instrument Cluster A Left Information Display B Speedometer C Right Information Display See General Information page 343 Left Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled Trip Computer See General Information page 86 Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information page 86 WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note
418. ntrol is enabled While the system is on the color of the lane markings will change to indicate the system status Gray Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s This may be because Fusion CC7 the vehicle is under the activation speed the turn indicator is active the vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver the road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field of view the camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental conditions e g significant sun angles or shadows snow heavy rain fog traffic conditions e g following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane or vehicle conditions e g poor headlamp illumination See Troubleshooting for additional information Green Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s Yellow Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention Red Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning The system can be temporarily suppressed at any time by the following Quick braking Fast acceleration Using the turn signal indicator Evasive steering maneuver Driving Aids Troubleshooting Whyis the feature not available line markings are gray when I can see the lane markings on the road Veh
419. ntrols E138626 The tag with your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start unless quiet start is on Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise It can be switched on or off in the information display See General Information page 86 Note f the vehicle has been remote started with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle With an intelligent access transmitter you must press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting Fusion CC7 Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If you programmed the duration to last 10 minutes the second 10 minutes will begin after what is left of the first activation time For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 15
420. nts are y clear of moving parts ms Do not use the memory function e when your vehicle is moving This feature will automatically recall the position of the driver s seat and power mirrors The memory control is located on the driver s door E165608 123 Fusion CC7 E142554 Saving a Pre Set Position 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Adjust the seat and exterior mirrors to your desired position Press and hold the desired pre set button until you hear a single chime You can save up to three pre set memory positions You can save a memory pre set at any time 3 Recalling a Pre Set Position Press and release the pre set button associated with your desired driving position The seat and mirrors will move to the position stored for that pre set Note A pre set memory position can only be recalled when the ignition is off or when the transmission selector lever is in position Por N and your vehicle is not moving if the ignition is on You can recall a pre set memory position by pressing the unlock button on your remote control or intelligent access key if it is linked to a pre set position Linking a Pre Set Position to your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key Your vehicle can save the pre set memory positions for up to three remote controls or intelligent access IA keys Fusion CC7 124 1 With the ignition on move the memory positions to the desired positions Pre
421. o power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Note A warning message will be displayed in the information display when an AWD system fault is present See Information Messages page 94 An AWD system fault will cause the AWD system to default to front wheel drive only mode When this warning message is displayed have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer Note A warning message will be displayed in the information display if the AWD system has overheated See Information Messages page 94 This condition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip such as deep sand To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled the warni
422. o adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression Touch this button to turn the compression feature on and off Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands If you are listening to a CD press us the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the following commands MyFord Touch it equipped ncp Pause Play g Play next track O Q O DA Play previous track Play track lt 1 512 gt E142619 The SD card slot is located either in the Repeat folder center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access Repeat off and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen Repeat Repeat track Shuffle Shuffle CD OA Shuffle folder a Shuffle off E142620 Help SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC This applies to WMA or MP3 files only USB Port SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card g Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to O Q O pull the
423. o adjust settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance Occupancy Mode Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to seta category DSP Choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO mode Fusion CC7 298 Audio System CD Settings Scan All Select to scan all disc selections Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Clock Settings Set Time Select to set the time Set Date Select to set the calendar date 24h Mode Select to view clock time in a 12 hour mode or 24 hour mode Display Settings Dimming Select to change display brightness Language Select to display the language in English French or Spanish Temp setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or DIGITAL AUDIO distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fie
424. o cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging A C Press the button to turn air conditioning off and on To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Recirculated air Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging 114 Climate Control F Passenger temperature control Allows the passenger to set their temperature independent of the driver temperature Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle when in dual zone mode G Fan speed control Press the small fan icon or large fan icon to decrease or increase the volume of air circulated in your vehicle H Driver temperature control Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature inside the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature w
425. oaded each time 318 SYNC When you select You can Select Off if you do not want to download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Return Exit the current menu Downloading times are phone dependent and quantity dependent When Auto Download is on it automatically deletes any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download Press the phone button to enter the System Settings phone menu This menu provides access to your 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu 3 Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK features Use the arrow buttons to scroll 4 Scroll t l ctt the followi through the menu options s ETON LO SEEC ITOM LNE LON OW IN options Bluetooth Devices The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete devices set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off If you select You can Add Bluetooth Device See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 310 Connect Bluetooth Device Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until you find the desired device and then press OK to connect the phone Set as Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your pri
426. off and on VOL Control the volume of playing media Fan Control the speed of the climate system fan Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Fusion CC7 Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options Hazard flasher Switch the hazard flashers off and on Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST Inthe United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays MyFord Touch if equipped Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle
427. ogy and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice button Fusion CC7 326 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Servi
428. oints of interest display Route Preferences Preferred Route Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route Bypass route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty Select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route MyFord Touch if equipped Avoid These features allow you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Turn these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts Have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Turn this feature ON or OFF Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current rou
429. ommended Age WARNING A Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and Fusion CC7 describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in betwee
430. omponents continue to work properly Use only the specified fuel listed Avoid running out of fuel Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed inscheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If you use parts other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Fusion CC7 Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or preven
431. on Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label Vehicle Care Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up Check fluid levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels If the battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 259 Fusion CC7 Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Important information for 235 40R19 low profile tires and wheels f your vehicle is equipped with 235 40R19 tires they are low profile tires These tires and wheels are designed to give your vehicle a sport appearance With low profile tires you may notice an increase in road noise and faster tire wear depending on road conditions and driving styles Due to their design low profile tires and wheels are more prone to road damage from potholes rough or unpaved roads car wash rails and curb contact than standard tires and wheels Note Your vehicle s warranty does not cover these types of damage Tires should always be kept at the correct inflation pressures and extra caution should be taken when operating on rough
432. on Displays General Information Index Information 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report Information Messages Active Park Adaptive Cruise Control AdvanceTrac Airbag Battery and Charging System Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System Collision Warning System Doors and Locks Driver Alert Hill Start Assist Keys and Intelligent Access Lane Keeping System Maintenance Park Brake 105 Power Steering 106 Remote Start 106 Starting System Tire Pressure Monitoring System Traction Control Transmission Installing Child Seats Child Seats Using Lap and Shoulder Belts Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH Using Tether Straps Instrument Cluster Instrument Lighting Dimmer Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps Fusion CC7 445 Interior Lamps Front Interior Lamp Rear Interior Lamp Interior Luggage Compartment Re leisean Interior Mirror Auto Dimming Mirror Introduction J Jump Starting the Vehicle Connecting the Jumper Cables Jump Starting Preparing Your Vehicle Removing the Jumper Cables K Keyless Entry SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY ee Bana P EE tetera enna Ignition Modes Keys and Remote Controls L Lane Keeping System Switching the System On and Off Lighting CONtrOL cesses 69 Headlamp Flasher 69 Hi
433. on voice volume decrease Navigation voice volume increase Repeat instruction Show 3D Show heading up Show map Show north up Show route Cancel next waypoint Show turn list Cancel route n2 Destination Destination lt nametag gt Destination lt POI category gt Destination favorites Destination home Destination intersection Destination nearest POI Destination nearest lt POI category gt Destination play nametags Fusion CC7 Voice guidance off Voice guidance on Where am I 403 Zoom in MyFord Touch it equipped Navigation system voice commands Zoom out NAVIGATION Zoom maximum Help Zoom province These commands are only available when a navigation route is active If you say Destination you can then say any command in the following Destination chart If you say Navigation you can then say any command in the following Navigation chart DESTINATION lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Favorites Home Intersection Nearest lt POI category gt Nearest POI Play nametags POI category Previous destination Street address Help NAVIGATION Destination Zoom city Zoom country
434. on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by an authorized dealer that still need servicing You can run a report after your vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter phone menu Scroll to select Vehicle Health and then press OK Scroll to select from the following options 2 3 SYNC Vehicle health report
435. one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route Waypoint indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the p list osition of the waypoint in the route Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access x y Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options Fusion CC7 402 Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites POI Ico
436. options User Preferences Press OK to select and enter the menu Scroll to select from Automatic Reports Press OK to and select On or Off Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run a health report at certain mileage intervals Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 1O000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Return Press OK to exit the menu Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it combines with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and vehicle inspec dealer tion items that still need servicing from an authorized You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Condit
437. or You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation See Remote Control page 44 REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters If Equipped Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control E151797 Press the button to release the key Press and hold the button to fold the key back in when not in use Keys and Remote Controls ee HEE EE SAVE FOR CUSTOMER RECORDS 151795 Note Your vehicle s keys came witha security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference Intelligent Access Key if Equipped E144506 Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push button start system Removable Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door Fusion CC7 E151796 Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off to access the key blade MAA O HH HH SAVE FOR CUSTOMER RECORDS 151795 Note Your vehicle s backup keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the tag in a Safe place for future reference Using the
438. or Unlocking and Opening Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open the rear door The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door Fusion CC7 Remote Control You can use the remote control at any time The luggage compartment release button will only work when the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for three seconds to change between driver door or all doors unlock mode The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode Driver door unlock mode will only unlock the driver door when the unlock button is pressed once All door unlock mode will unlock all doors with one press of the unlock button The unlocking mode applies to the remote control keyless entry keypad and intelligent access You can also change the mode in the information display See General Information page 86 Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the A doors The turn signals will illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the luggage compartment are clos
439. or accessory position Keyless Warning Alert if Equipped Sounds the horn twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key after the last door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in RUN indicating your vehicle is still on Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note Your vehicle may or may not be equipped with all the messages listed in this chapter Your vehicle will not display messages of systems it is not equipped with Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the informatio
440. or best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B Dor F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant U S only ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A Fusion CC7 CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and
441. or damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Wheels and Tires Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note f your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Fusion CC7 274 Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from
442. or disable the autolock and autounlock features independently of each other You can enable or disable these features in the information display or your authorized dealer can do it for you See General Information page 86 Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system Locks The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if the ignition is on you press the remote control lock button or after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if you turnthem on with the lamp control or any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed you switch the ignition off and you remove the key from the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and 25 seconds elapse you insert the key in the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only you press the START STOP button intelligent access key only Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps dome lamps or headlamps on the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition state it will shut off once it detects a certain amount of battery drain or after 45 minutes
443. or remains illuminated When the blockage is removed the system can be reset in two ways whenat least two objects are detected while driving or turn the ignition from on to off then back on If the blockage is still present after the key cycle the system senses again that it is blocked after driving in traffic Fusion CC7 192 Reasons for messages being displayed The radar Clean the fascia area in surface is frontof the radar or remove dirty or the obstruction obstructed The radar Drive normally in traffic for surfaceis afew minutes to allow the not dirty or radar to detect passing obstructed vehicles so it can clear the blocked state Heavyrain No action required The fall snow system automatically fall inter resets to an unblocked feres with state once the rainfall or the radar snowfall rate decreases or signals stops Do not use BLIS or cross traffic alert in these conditions System Limitations The BLIS and cross traffic alert systems do have their limitations situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection The following are other situations that may limit the BLIS Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone The following are other situations t
444. ote Control Car Finder Integrated Keyhead Transmitters 0 44 Intelligent Access Key 45 Remote Start s s s 48 Replacing the Battery 46 Sounding a Panic Alarm Using the Key Blade Remote Start Automatic Settings Heated and Cooled Devices Last Settings Removing a Headlamp Fusion CC7 Repairing Minor Paint Damage 257 Replacement Parts RECOMMENCATION scessessesesseeseecseeseeseeseens 1 Collision REPAIIS ccescessesesesestestesestesesseseeseseesees T Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical REDAINS AG E E E E E E 11 Warranty on Replacement Parts 12 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote COMOL eisereen rN 49 Reporting Safety Defects Canada ONV e ease cess cess cece cesece 222 Reporting Safety Defects U S Only Roadsi Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside ANSSISTAM COs i e citecectcvsssgets cetsscesesste ianiai ia 213 Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside ASSISTAMN C Eiana 213 Vehicles Sold In The U S Getting Roadside Assista MCE aiant rai i 213 Vehicles Sold In The U S Using Roadside ASSIStANC Eanair kiana 213 Roadside EMergencies ccccseceeesesees 213 Running In See Breaking In Running Out Of FUG eee 144 Refilling With a Portable Fuel o gh tl lal leeeeprmeeerertr rere rere iaa 145 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 30 Safety Belt Minder Belt Minder Safety Belts Principle of Oper
445. ou have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately 3Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter Accessing Your Play Menu the media menu This menu allows you to select and play 2 Scroll to Play Press OK your media by artist album genre playlist f there are no media files to access the track similar music oreventoexplorewhat display indicates there is no media If there is on your USB device are media files you have the following Note f your digital media player has a options power switch make sure you switch it on before plugging it in When you select You can Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are fewer than 255 indexed artists the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically 333 Fusion
446. our media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select 2 Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive Similar Music Fusion CC7 Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you 334 SYNC When you select Return You can Press OK to select The system creates anew list of similar songs and begins playing This feature does not include tracks with incomplete metadata information Exit the current menu with certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks are not available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music The system places Unknown items into any unpopulated metadata tag System Settings Bluetooth Devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off When you select You can Add Bluetooth Device Pair more devices to the system
447. ous bodily injury OR Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section you may be eligible to parti
448. ove quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset In CD mode press this button to select the previous track Press and hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track 295 Fusion CC7 Audio System AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH SONY AM FM CD Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See MyFord Touch page 343 WARNING Driving while distracted can result in 1y loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving SONY oe gt AUTO s CLIMATE P e bel H D SOURCE RGD o Ke TUNE ___ MAX AIC eal c D AIC TUNE _ VOL D TEMP E144490 G F E TEMP E i e amp E Power Press this button to turn the system off and on CD slot Insert a CD Eject Press this button to eject a CD TUNE and TUNE Press these buttons to search the frequency bands in individual increments E SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade an
449. owertrain malfunction MyKey Message Action MyKey Not Created Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be programmed MyKey Active Drive Displays when Mykey is active Safely Speed Limited to XX Displays when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in use and MPH km h the MyKey speed limit is on Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Setting Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is reached Check Speed Drive Displays when Mykey is active Safely Buckle Up to Unmute Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt Minder is activated Audio AdvanceTrac On Displays when a MyKey isin use and AdvanceTracis activated MyKey Setting Traction Control On Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is MyKey Setting activated MyKey Park Aid Cannot be Deactivated Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated ert On ng Lane Keeping A MyKey Setti Displayed when the lane keeping aid is on per MyKey settings Fusion CC7 104 Information Displays Park Aid Message Action Check Front Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 168 Check Rear Park Aid Displays when the system has detected
450. page 135 MyFord Touch it equipped SD Card and USB Voice Commands If you are listening to a USB us device or an SD card press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the following commands USB or SD CARD USB or SD CARD Play TV show lt name gt Play TV show episode lt name gt Play video lt name gt Play video podcast lt name gt Play video podcast episode lt name gt Play video playlist lt name gt Browse Next Pause Play Play album lt name gt Play all Play artist lt name gt Play audiobook lt name gt Play author lt name gt Play composer lt name gt Play folder lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play movie lt name gt Play music video lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play podcast lt name gt Play podcast episode lt name gt Play similar music Play song lt name gt Fusion CC7 Previous Repeat all Repeat off Repeat one Shuffle Shuffle album Shuffle off What s this Help If you have said you would like to browse your USB or
451. pany may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information CLIMATE Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different than what is shown here MyFord Touch if equipped E148839 A B Fusion CC7 A Doug s Phone v i 0 3 Miles m 72 a Ww J wl My Ww Max ur B Temp 7 OF IHS ere FET H G F E D Power Touch to switch the system off and on Outside air cannot enter your vehicle when you switch off the system Passenger settings Touch DUAL to switch passenger side temperature controls off and on and off Touch the and to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat if equipped Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat if equipped Fan speed Touch or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which may reduce
452. passenger or bystander Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Fusion CC7 158 Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control it may be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Emergency Maneuvers In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel In the event of an emergency stop avo
453. peakers Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once you turn these selections on they remain on you turn them off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play Allin the play menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smartphone Fusion CC7 332 SYNC When you select You can System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings Add Connect Set as Primary On and Off Delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needs to index If autoplay is on you can listen to media processed during indexing If autoplay is off you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximum indexing file size If y
454. performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor system which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers Scheduled Maintenance When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it is time for an oil change Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each oil change See Engine Oil Check page 238 If your information display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil change intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based
455. phone dependent and speed dependent feature This is an optional feature and available in the United States only This is an optional feature and available in the United States and Canada only Fusion CC7 315 SYNC Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have anew message You have these options Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read message to have SYNC read the message to you Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose to reply or forward the message Press OK and scroll to choose between Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Fusion CC7 316
456. pical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is uUnder inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNINGS The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 276 Fusion CC7 Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare
457. plays with a strikethrough but will not erase Fusion CC7 Whenever the driver is overriding the system by pressing the accelerator pedal the system will not automatically apply the brakes to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead You can override the set speed and gap distance by pressing the accelerator pedal Cruise Control When you override the system the green indicator light illuminates and the lead vehicle graphic does not show in the information display The system will resume operation when you release the accelerator pedal The vehicle speed will decrease to the set speed or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle Changing the Set Speed Accelerate or brake to the desired speed then press and release SET Press and hold SET or SET until the desired set speed shows on the information display The vehicle speed will gradually change to the selected speed Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1mph 2 km h increments The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Resuming the Set Speed Note Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it Press and release RES The vehicle will return to the previously set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information displa
458. portion of the system independently See Using Traction Control page 166 Parking Aids PARKING AID iF EquippeD WARNINGS To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation 1 To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground Certain add on devices such as large l trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper or fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note f your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fasci
459. ports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside your vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available 327 Fusion CC7 SYNC SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States Note You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Note Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls To Access Using the Phone Menu 1 Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen 2 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access
460. pped vehicles When servicing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Change the air filter element at the proper interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 425 Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used EcoBoost Engines E144365 Fusion CC7 2 5L Engine um um E146047 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully lift the air filter housing cover 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter housing and cover to make sure no dirt gets in the engine and to make sure you have a good seal Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Install the air filter housing cover 7 Engage the clamps to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS F
461. properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly ina rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and Fusion CC7 WARNINGS warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection fo
462. r movement affects your vehicle when driving Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above 15 or below 10 of the loaded trailer weight Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward your S when viewed from the side Note A slight vibration or shudder may be present when you start to drive away due to increased payload weight Information on correct trailer loading and preparing your vehicle is available in the load carrying section See Load Limit page 197 Further information is available in the RV and Trailer Towing Guide See an authorized dealer Towing RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below Note Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area Do not exceed 20 feet 1 86 meters Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross combined weight by 2 per 1000 feet 300 meters starting at the 1000 foot 300 meter elevation point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight
463. r should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s There is excessive back ground noise during aphone call The audio control settings on your phone may be affecting SYNC perform ance Review your phone s manual about audio adjustments During a call can hear the other person but they cannot hear me This may be a possible phone malfunction Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again SYNC is not able to down load my phonebook This is aphone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try pushing your phone book contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website Fusion CC7 337 SYNC Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s The system says Phonebook Downloaded but the phonebook in S
464. r damaged causing the camera to become misaligned To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in R Reverse Menu gt Vehicle gt Rear View Camera After changing a system setting the touch screen shows a preview of the selected features Guidelines and the Centerline Note Active guidelines and fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The centerline is only available if Active or Fixed guidelines are on Parking Aids E142436 A Active guidelines B Centerline C Fixed guideline Green zone D Fixed guideline Yellow zone E Fixed guideline Red zone F Rear bumper Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing the vehicle might deviate from the original intended path The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position The active guidelines are not shown when the steering wheel position is straight Fusion CC7 Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side vie
465. r horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height Note 70 see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 3 Turnon the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood E142465 4 On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted 245 Maintenance 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line 6 Close the hood and turn off the lamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable REMOVING A HEADLAMP E159693 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the hood 2 Remove the six fasteners securing the front fascia to the front trim cover 3 Remove the three bumper cover upper screws 4 Remove the fastener at the inboard side of the headlamp you are servicing 246 Fusion CC7 Maintenance E159697 5 Remove the two he
466. r information contact your provincial ministry of transportation locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size height weight or age Recommended restraint type Infants or Children weighing 40 lb 18 kg or less Use a child safety seat toddlers generally age four or younger sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a belt positioning properly fit in a child safety seat gener booster seat ally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four and less than age 12 and between 40 lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg and upward to 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a vehicle safety belt properly fit in a belt positioning booster having the lap belt snug seat generally children who are at least and low across the hips 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 shoulder belt centered lb 36 kg or 100 lb 45 kg if recom across
467. r whichever is less Wheels and Tires Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against the vehicle stop and retighten them If this does not work remove the cables to prevent vehicle damage Remove the cables when they are no longer needed Do not use cables on dry roads If you have any questions regarding snow chains or cables please contact your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal 1 injury Each tire including the spare if H provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under in
468. r User Selectable Max Speed Choose desired speed or off Speed Minder Choose desired speed or off Volume Limiter On or Off Do Not Disturb Always On or User Selectable Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Display Language Choose your applicable setting hold OK to Set Units Distance Choose your applicable setting Temperature Choose your applicable setting Gauge Display Fuel Gauge or Fuel Tach INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Fusion CC7 E144636 Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus 94 nformation Displays Active Park Message Action Active Park Fault Displayed when the system needs service Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Adaptive Cruise Control Message Action Adaptive Cruise Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC Malfunction from engaging See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 178 Adaptive Cruise Not Displayed when conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise Available cannot function properly See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 178
469. r phone number Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SYNCMyRide account Fusion CC7 340 SYNC Voice command issues SYNC does not understand what am saying Possible cause s You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time Possible solution s Review the phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections Be aware that SYNC s microphone is either in your rear view mirror or in the headliner just above the windshield SYNC does not understand the name of asong or artist You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it The system may not be reading the name the same way you are Saying it Review the media voice commandsat the beginning of the media section Say the song or artist exactly as listed If you say Play Artist Prince the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New Power Generation Make sure you are saying the complete title such as California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles If the song titles are in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say L O L A Do not use special charac ters in the title The system does not recognize them SYNC does not understand or is c
470. r ski conditions Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries See the following chart for more specific examples Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts from a USB List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing the keypad code Enabling Valet Mode Fusion CC7 346 MyFord Touch it equipped ass Restricted features Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park st are active Wi Fi and Wireless Ed ing wireless settings it Edit ing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Graphics Playing video Editing the screen s wallpaper or adding new wallpaper Text Messages Composing text messages Viewing received text messages Editing preset text messages Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination Demo navigation route Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas The cellular profile media device index Privacy Information and development log remain in your When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC the system creates a profile within you
471. r than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat Fusion CC7 LO E142595 Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion Can the child sit without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt Types of Booster Seats E68924 Backless booster seats Child Safety If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider u
472. r the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note f the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 hour or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones You can also turn the outside air temperature display off and on It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Fusion CC7 352 Press the Settings icon gt Display to access and make ES adjustments using the touchscreen Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the d
473. r the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Child Safety Restraint Combined Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Type child and seat LATCH LATCH Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt weight lower lower andtop andLATCH only anchors anchors tether lower and top only anchor anchors tether and top anchor tether anchor Rear facing Up to 65 lb x x child seat 29 kg Rear facing Over 65 lb x child seat 29 kg Forward Upto65lb x x x facing 29 kg child seat Forward Over 65 lb Xx Xx facing 29 kg child seat Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See Seats page 120 CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside E112197 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door 23 Fusion CC7 Child Safety Left Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock Right Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock 24 Fusion CC7 Safety Belts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Always drive and ride with your seat back upright an
474. r traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label Wheels and Tires The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire E142544 LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on lig
475. r vehicle that links to that cellular phone This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur Fusion CC7 vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy in
476. rable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob 2 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or gt button 3 Use the arrow buttons to get toa feature Fusion CC7 5 4 Press OK or gt to make a selection Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey Once you have switched the vehicle off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear all MyKeys within the same key cycle as you created the MyKey If you switch your ignition off however you will need to use an admin key to clear your MyKeys Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings use the information display to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear MyKey and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed Mykeys by using the information display MYKEY DISTANCE Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using a
477. railer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in a fire Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Towing Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers Do not make full throttle starts Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A C performance Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and beco
478. rain damage Small children are particularly at risk Your vehicle is equipped with a release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults if they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults should familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle Fusion CC7 E144403 The handle is located inside the luggage compartment either on the luggage compartment door lid or near the tail lamps It is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light Pull the handle and push up on the luggage compartment door lid to open from within the luggage compartment Security PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting your vehicle Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle SecuriLock The system h
479. rash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function Belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt andretractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the vehicle sensitive locking mode The front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both the vehicle sensitive locking mode and the automatic locking mode Fusion CC7 Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing ou
480. red windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 284 State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation Maintenance WARNINGS When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothi
481. remove the cover Keys and Remote Controls E151796 Note Do not touch the battery contacts or 1 Slide the release on the back of the the printed circuit board with the remote control and pivot the cover off screwdriver 4 Insert a screwdriver as shown to release the battery E153890 2 Insert a coin into the slot and twist to separate the housing E151801 5 Remove the battery gi M 6 Install a new battery with the facing Up 7 Replace the battery cover Intelligent Access Transmitter The remote control uses two coin type three volt lithium batteries CR2025 or equivalent E153891 3 Remove the batteries 4 Install new batteries with the facing each other Note Make sure to replace the label between the two batteries 47 Fusion CC7 Keys and Remote Controls 5 Reinstall the housing and cover Car Finder Press the button twice within A three seconds The horn will sound and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a Panic Alarm Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off cp Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again or switch the ignition on to deactivate Remote Start if Equipped WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated
482. rgency Towing Recreational Towing TOWN B ccsa A Traction CONtOlissinninnennes Principle of Operation Transmission Code Designation TYLANSMISSION cscssesesesesesseseseesesesesesseseseseseees Transmission See TTANSMISSION cesesseeseessessestesesseeseesteseeseees 152 Transporting the Vehicle 209 Index U Under Hood Overview 1 5L EcoBoost 1 6L EcoBoost 235 Under Hood Overview 2 0L ECOBOOSU esscsssssssessssssessssessensesessseass 236 Under Hood Overview 2 5L Unique Driving Characteristics Universal Garage Door Opener HomeLink Wireless Control System 128 VSB POs inne nene 305 Using Adaptive Cruise Control 178 Blocked S NSOM c csssssseseees Changing the Set Speed Detection Issues Disengaging the System 180 Following a Vehicle Hilly Condition Usage Low Speed Automatic Cancellation 8 Overriding the System 180 Resuming the Set Speed Setting a Speed Setting the Gap Distance Switching the System Off Switching the System On 178 Switching to Normal Cruise Control System Not Available 7 Using All Wheel Drive c ccccceesseseeeseees 57 Driving In Special Conditions With All Wheel Drive AWD sing Cruise Control Switching Cruise Control Off Switching Cruise Control On sing MyKey With Remote Start SVStEM Sae a 52 sing Snow Chains S A U
483. rgency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury A Note This feature is only available in the United States Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Fusion CC7 324 Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking
484. ription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in LAN loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Fusion CC7 When using SYNC Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Privacy Information When a cellular phon
485. rized D O T for North America to make sure they have the proper lamp performance light brightness light pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time Function Trade name Headlamp high beam Halogen H7LL Headlamp low beam Halogen HILL Side marker lamp front LED Fusion CC7 Maintenance Function Trade name Parklamp front Wsw Turn lamp front PWY24W Fog lamp front H11 Tail and brake lamp high series LED Tail and brake lamp low series LED Reverse lamp 921 Turn lamp rear high series LED Turn lamp rear low series LED Side marker lamp rear LED License plate lamp W5W Trunk lamp W5W or LED High mount brake lamp LED Side repeater lamp LED Interior lamp LED To replace these bulbs see your authorized dealer To replace all instrument panel bulbs see your authorized dealer If so equipped 251 Fusion CC7 Maintenance CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed See Capacities and Specifications page 284 For EcoBoost equi
486. roadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting 291 Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from TOO to a maximum of T255 The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present Audio System MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from FOO1 folder TOO track to F253 T255 Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of task
487. row key or OK to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu Information Displays to choose between the following Display Mode KA Use the up down arrow buttons display options Display mode Option Option 2 Option3 Option 4 XXX mi km to empty X X Fuel gauge X X X X Round tachometer X X Vertical tachometer X Engine coolant temp gauge X XXX mi km to empty Shows the approximate distance the vehicle will travel Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade When the fuel level becomes low the level indicator will change to amber When the fuel level becomes critically low the level indicator will change to red Note When a MyKey is in use low fuel warnings will display earlier The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located Round tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine During SelectShift Automatic transmission SST use the currently selected gear will appear in the display Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the engine coo
488. rposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE asa replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE Fusion CC7 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided onl
489. rs energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors Driver s seat position sensor Front passenger sensing system Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp Front crash severity sensors Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors Restraint system warning light and backup tone The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control Fusion CC7 module During a crash the restraints control module may activate the safety belt pretensioners and may activate either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury froma deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restr
490. rsion Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate 365 Fusion CC7 MyFord Touch if equipped Potential station issues Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Cause This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster Action No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or froma direct tune The previously stored multicast prese
491. rts this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu MyFord Touch i equipped 2 Select Messaging 3 Choose from the following Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete Composing a Text Message Note This
492. rument cluster will display your currently selected gear The transmission will automatically upshift if your engine speed is too high or downshift if your engine speed is too low Note The system will stay in manual control until you make another shift button selection For example D Drive Note Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting Brake Shift Interlock WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Fusion CC7 Note See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used Note For some markets this feature will be disabled Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the gearshift lever from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure L E155984 1 Remove the side panel onthe right side of the gearshift lever E155985 2 Locate the access hole Tr
493. ry Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone Fusion CC7 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see yo
494. s been applied See Information Displays page 86 Applying theelectric parking brake when the vehicle is moving WARNINGS Applying the electric parking brake while moving will result in use of the anti lock braking system Do not use the electric parking brake system when the vehicle is moving unless the normal brake system is unable to stop the vehicle Brakes WARNINGS With the exception of emergency conditions for example the brake pedal does not work or is blocked do not apply the electric parking brake while the vehicle is moving On bends or poor road surfaces or weather conditions emergency braking can cause the vehicle to skid out of control or off the road If you apply the electric parking brake when your vehicle is moving the brake system warning lamp will illuminate and a warning chime will sound See Information Displays page 86 If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph 6 km h the braking force is applied as long as the switch is pulled Releasing or pressing the switch or pressing the accelerator pedal will stop the braking force Releasing the electric parking brake E147231 You can release the electric parking brake either manually by pressing the switch or automatically Fusion CC7 Manual release WARNING If the brake system warning light remains illuminated or flashes after you have released the parking brake there could be a problem with you braking syst
495. s from the sensor The sensor is located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and will not function when something obstructs the radar signals The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying Cause Action The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruc tion The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead Swirling water or snow orice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead You are in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles and no roadside objects Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked This can happen for example when driving in sparse rural or desert environments A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle Switching to Normal Cruise Control WARNING Normal
496. s long as you press the pedal and can reduce stopping distances in critical situations Anti lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the system may be disabled Have the system checked by an authorized dealer 0O braking is still effective If the brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the parking brake have the system checked by an authorized dealer If the system is disabled normal HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES Note When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when you drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you your vehicle is hydroplaning you take corners too fast the road surface is poor Brakes ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE The electric parking brake replaces the conventional handbrake The operating switch is located in the center console WARNING Always set the parking brake and leave your vehicle with the transmission selector lever in position P automatic transmission or in position 1 or position R manual transmission Note When you apply the
497. s not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment or the need to apply the brakes This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed Note The system does not detect warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle Note The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph 8 km h apar wor E156130 This system is designed to alert the driver of certain collision risks A radar detects if your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours a 4 N G Driving Aids If it is ared warning light illuminates and an audible warning chime sounds The brake support system assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by charging the brakes If the risk of collision further increases after the warning light illuminates the brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking This may be apparent to the driver The system does not automatically activate the brakes but if the brake pedal is pressed full force braking is applied even if the brake pedal is lightly pressed Using the Collision Warning System
498. s on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH AM FM CD SYNC SATELLITE RADIO WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note Depending on your vehicle option package your system may look different from what you see here Note Some features such as SIRIUS satellite radio may not be available in your location Check with an authorized dealer E144488 Fusion CC7 Audio System Fusion CC7 CD Press this button to listen to a CD Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select on screen options of Repeat or Shuffle SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the v
499. s the START STOP button crank attempt 3 Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START STOP button ignition off 4 Press the START STOP button again to re enable the fuel system JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Use only an adequate sized cable with insulated clamps Preparing Your Vehicle Note Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn all accessories off Roadside Emergencies Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not attach the cables to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Stay clear of moving parts To avoid reverse polarity connections make sure that you correctly identify the positive and negative termin
500. se Note Make sure that your vehicle is ata complete stop before you shift into R Reverse Failure to do so may damage the transmission 1 Press the clutch pedal to the floor to disengage clutch Move the gearshift lever into the neutral position and wait at least three seconds before shifting into R Reverse Shift into R Reverse by raising the collar below the gearshift knob up then moving the lever fully to the left then forward 2 Transmission E99067 Note The gearshift lever can only be moved to R Reverse by raising the collar below the gearshift knob up before shifting to reverse This is a lockout feature which protects the transmission from accidentally engaging R Reverse when intending to select 1 First If R Reverse is not fully engaged press the clutch pedal down and return the gearshift to the neutral position Release the clutch pedal for a moment then raise the collar and shift to R Reverse again Parking Your Vehicle WARNING Do not park your vehicle in Neutral it may move unexpectedly and injure someone Use 1 First gear and set the parking brake fully To park your vehicle 1 Apply the brake and shift into the neutral position 2 Fully apply the parking brake hold the clutch pedal down then shift into 1 First 3 Turn the ignition off Fusion CC7 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and
501. settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system USB Mobile Broadband Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth isa registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Connection Methods Choose your connection methods and change them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi Fusion CC7 359 MyFord Touch i equipped The CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of Wi Fi the Wi Fi Alliance Press the Settings icon gt Help CERTIFIED then select from the following E142626 Help Where Am View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with naviga
502. sh pins and reposition 1 Remove the headlamp assembly the inner body side trim 2 Turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it from the headlamp assembly 3 Separate the bulb from the bulb socket 4 Install the new bulb in reverse order P Replacing the Side Marker Lamp Bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly r 2 Remove the service cap 3 Depress the tabs on the socket and E145778 remove the socket and bulb together 4 Remove the three lamp assembly nuts 4 Separate the bulb from the bulb 5 Gently pull the lamp assembly away socket from the vehicle 5 Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing the Tail Brake High Mount Brake Lamp and Turn Signal Lamp Bulbs These lamps are designed with LED light sources For replacement see your authorized dealer Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb 1 Make sure the lighting control is in the off position 2 Open the trunk deck lid 249 Fusion CC7 Maintenance E145779 6 Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove the bulb holder E145780 7 Remove the bulb from the bulb holder Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing the License Plate Lamp Bulb E72789 1 Carefully release the spring clip 2 Remove the lamp 3 Remove the bulb Install the new bulb in reverse order BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an autho
503. should always be properly restrained in the back seats The side curtain airbags will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because itis designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the side curtain airbags included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side curtain airbags Supplementary Restraints System CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle 1 Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module The restraints control module deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag knee airbag s seat mounted side airbags side curtain airbags and optional rear inflatable safety belts Based on the type of crash frontal impact or side impact the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices The restraints con
504. side of the fuse box 4 Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box from the cradle to access the bottom side 3 Move the fuse box toward the center of the engine compartment E144949 Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components Fuel pump feed Not used Not used 500W Electronic fan 3 500W Electronic fan 1 Not used Body control module 1 500W Electronic fan 2 227 Fusion CC7 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 64 Not used 65 20A Front heated seat 66 Not used 67 504 Body control module 2 68 4OA Heated rear window 69 30A Anti lock brake system valves 70 30A Passenger seat 71 Not used 72 30A Not used spare 73 20A Not used spare 74 30A Driver seat module 75 Not used 76 20A Transmission oil pump 2 stop start 77 30A Not used spare 78 Not used 79 4OA Blower motor 80 30A Not used spare 81 4OA 110 volt inverter 82 604A Anti lock brake system pump 83 25A Wiper motor 1 228 Fusion CC7 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components Starter solenoid Not used spare M type fuse J type fuse Note t may be easier to access the fuse ee Compartment Fuse panel if you remove the finish trim piece ane The fuse panel is located under the instrument panel to the left of the steeri
505. sing a high back booster seat E70710 E142596 Fusion CC7 High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck anda shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips Child Safety If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be
506. sit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode press Options Radio display Condition Possible action Acquiring channel Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected No action required This message should disappear shortly Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel available There is an internal module or system failure present The channel is no longer If this message does not clear shortly or with an igni tion key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Tune to another channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel programming in progress No Signal The signal is lost fromthe The signal is blocked When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area tower to your vehicle the signal should return antenna Updating Update of channel No action required The process may take up to three minutes Fusion CC7 303 Audio System Radio display Call SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 None found Check Channel Gui
507. sly injured Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Park ona level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission selector lever in position P automatic transmission or position R manual transmission and turn the engine off Remove the carpeted wheel cover 4 Remove the spare tire bolt securing the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise w 5 Remove the spare tire from the spare tire compartment E142550 Fusion CC7 6 Remove the lug wrench and jack from the foam holder On I O E142551 7 Block the diagonally opposite wheel 8 Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground Note Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle 9 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the yellow warning label on the jack E145908
508. solution s Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable Make sure you insert the USB cable properly into the device and the USB port Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car This is a device limitation Make sure you are not eaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures Bluetooth audio does not stream This is a phone dependent feature The device is not connected Make sure you properly connect the device to SYNC and that you have pressed play on your device SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device Your music files may not contain the proper artist song title album or genre information The file may be corrupted The song may have copy right protection which does not allow it to play Make sure that all song details are populated Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class Vehicle Health Report and Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible cause s Possible solution s received a text that did You did not activate your not activate Vehicle Health account on the website Report Fusion CC7 You ma
509. ss and hold the desired pre set button for about five seconds A chime will sound after about two seconds Continue holding until a second chime is heard Within three seconds press the lock button on the remote control you are linking To unlink a remote control follow the same procedure except in step 3 press the unlock button on the remote control Note 70 stop seat movement during a recall press any driver seat adjustment control any of the memory buttons or any mirror control switch Seat movement will also stop if you move your vehicle Note f more than one linked remote control or intelligent access key is in range the memory function will move to the settings of the first key stored Easy Entry and Exit Function If you enable the easy entry and exit feature it automatically moves the driver seat position rearward up to five centimeters when the transmission selector lever is in position P and you remove the key or turn off the keyless start ignition The driver seat will return to the previous position when you put the key in the ignition or you activate the keyless start ignition You can turn off the easy entry and exit feature by using the driver information display Seats REAR SEATS Note Your vehicle may have split seatbacks that you must fold individually Note Make sure the center safety belt is unbuckled before folding the seatback To lower the seat back s from inside
510. st two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness light remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system Do not attempt to repair or service the system Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center See Getting the Services You Need page 217 SIDE AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will
511. stem gives you and your passengers the following benefits It improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration It improves the interior compartment cleanliness It protects the climate control components from particle deposits Replace the filter at regular intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 425 For additional cabin air filter information or to replace the filter see an authorized dealer Fusion CC7 118 REMOTE START F equipped The climate control system adjusts the cabin temperature during remote start You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as heated seats heated mirrors heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See Information Displays page 86 Automatic Settings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Auto The climate control system automatically sets the interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated seats do not automatically turn on In cold wea
512. sufficient severity together with the front airbags The pretensioners may also activate when a side curtain airbag is deployed FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS Standard belts shown inflatable belts similar The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts E142587 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle Fusion CC7 a gt k E142588 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle Restraint of Pregnant Women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure E142590 Safety Belts Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNINGS After any vehicle c
513. supplemental restraint system and side curtain airbag is provided To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the side curtain airbag If the side curtain airbags have deployed the side curtain airbags will not function again The side curtain airbags including the A Band C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the side curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side curtain airbags will deploy during significant side crashes The side curtain airbags are mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes the side curtain airbag on the impacted side of the vehicle will be activated The side curtain airbags are designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes The system consists of the following Fusion CC7 E75004 Side curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow side air curtain deployment e Crash sensors and monitoring Ww system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 42 Children 12 years old and under
514. t 1 2 Call lt name gt at home 2 Call lt name gt at work 11 2 Call lt name gt in office Call lt name gt on mobile OR cell wh2 Call lt name gt on other Call history incoming Call history missed SYNC PHONE n2 Call history outgoing n2 Connections Dial Go to privacy Hold Join 124 Menu Phone book lt name gt DIAL 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred 800 eight hundred 900 nine hundred Pound Number lt 0 9 gt Asterisk Clear deletes all entered digits n2 Phone book lt name gt at home 2 Phone book lt name gt at office Phone book lt name gt at work Phone book lt name gt on mobile OR cell n2 Phone book lt name gt on other This command does not require you to say Phone first This command is not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See Dial table below See Menu table below Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access things suchas a phonebook name or number the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact Fusion CC7 Delete deletes one digit Plus Star Note 70o exit dial mo
515. t where you have been specifically licensed to doso by NT ina separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs Appendices WARNING This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk NT and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose Usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warran
516. t again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See Child Safety page 13 How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode Non inflatable safety belts 27 Safety Belts How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Rear Inflatable Safety Belt ir Equipped E142591 WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the rear inflatable safety belt 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode Rear outboard inflatable safety belts Note The rear inflatable safety belts are i f compatible with most infant and child second row
517. t cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing Fusion CC7 WARNINGS On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag ina collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Vehicle Care Clean the instr
518. t it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete details On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with an on board diagnostics system OBD II that monitors the engine s emission control system This system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples of temporary malfunctions are Fuel and Refueling the vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly the fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Refueling page 146 driving through deep water the ectrical system may be wet 0 You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine
519. t or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not Data service issue by the Fill out the station issue match currently playing audio radio broadcaster form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Sean is pressed Pressing Sean disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion Fusion CC7 Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to the radio uh press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the following comman
520. te The system does not provide a traffic alert notification Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification Have the system display traffic alert notifications Fusion CC7 Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Turn these features ON or OFF Avoid Areas Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D lan
521. tegory 297 Fusion CC7 Audio System SIRIUS Scan Show ESN Select for a brief sampling of all available channels Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS to activate modify or track your account Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channel Tune Channel Skip Channel or Lock Channel Once you skip or lock a channel you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN Set Category Select to view channel categories such as Pop Rock or News If you select a category seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category Alerts Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs artists or teams The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel Save up to 20 alerts Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations Skip No stations Use to restore any channels you previously skipped Parental Lock PIN Select to create a PIN which allows you to lock or unlock channels Your initial PIN is 1234 Audio Settings Spd Comp Vol Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise You can set the system between O and 7 Sound Select t
522. temperature While the engine is warming up complete the following Reset the clock See Audio System page 291 Reset the power windows bounce back feature See Windows and Mirrors page 75 Reset the radio station presets See Audio System page 291 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute If the engine turns off step on the accelerator to start the engine While the engine is running step onthe brake pedal and shift the transmission toN Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on the accelerator pedal Drive the vehicle at least 10 miles 16 kilometers to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy Note f you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy Note Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries Note t is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time Fusion CC7 244 CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES E142463 Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with w
523. ter all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Supplementary Restraints System E142846 Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNINGS Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained ina rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Sitting improperly out of position or T with the seat
524. tes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin clothing or both promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction Fuel and Refueling FUEL QUALITY Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause vehicle damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Choosing the Right Fuel Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Fuels containing more than 15 ethanol or E 85 fuel Fuels containing methanol Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds Fuels containing the octane booster ad
525. th a combination lap and shoulder belt E142529 2 Pulldown on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together Child Safety gt E142530 E142875 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt 5 To put the retractor in the automatic portions together route the tongue locking mode grasp the shoulder through the child seat according to the portion of the belt and pull downward child seat manufacturer s instructions until all of the belt is pulled out Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear asnap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it ig E142531 E142533 Fusion CC7 Child Safety 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example b
526. that are equipped with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if their manufacturer did not design them specifically for automotive use To avoid interference with other vehicle functions for example anti lock brake systems do not locate amateur radio antennas in the area of the driver side hood If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non Ford custom electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 406 Fusion CC7 Appendices END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT SYNC End User License Agreement EULA You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property la
527. the vehicle do the following E164098 3 Stow the safety belt in the stowage clip This will prevent the safety belt from getting caught in the seat latch When raising the seat back s make sure you hear the seat latch into place E144634 1 Pullthe handle to release the seatback 2 Push the seatback forward 125 Fusion CC7 Seats HEATED SEATS iF eouippPeD WARNING People who are unable to feel pain T to their skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the heated seat The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the heated seat to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Do not do the following Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge E146941 Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings an
528. the doors will lock then unlock and the horn will sound twice if your key is still in the ignition You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition To do this use the keyless entry keypad with the driver door closed or press the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed If both front doors are closed you can lock your vehicle by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or rear cargo area Locks When you electronically lock your vehicle with any door open vehicle in park and ignition off the vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the last door If your vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound twice indicating that a key is inside You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle To do this lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by using the keyless entry keypad pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using
529. the engine running or when you are driving this indicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level See Engine Oil Check page 238 Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Fasten Safety Belt PA It will illuminate and a chime will A sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt See Safety Belt Minder page 31 Front Airbag e If it fails to illuminate when you Ww start your vehicle continues to flash or remains on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Front Fog Lamps it Equipped It will illuminate when you switch D the front fog lamps on Instrument Cluster Heads Up Display if Equipped Ared beam of lights will illuminate on the windshield in certain instances when using adaptive cruise control and or the collision warning system It will also illuminate momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works dhL v g High Beam It will illuminate when you switch the high beam headlamps on It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher Hood Ajar Displays when the ignition is on and the hood is not completely closed Lane Keeping Aid i Equipped Illuminates when the lane keeping system is activated Low Fuel Level It will illuminate w
530. the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures When removing your vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Fusion CC7 258 Battery Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note f battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features Brakes Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces Check windshield wipers for any deteriorati
531. the following functions with the control 64 Fusion CC7 Steering Wheel VOICE CONTROL iF eouippep 5 E168194 A End a call B Answer a call C Voice recognition See SYNC page 306 See MyFord Touch page 343 CRUISE CONTROL Type 1 E144500 Fusion CC7 Type 2 E144501 See Cruise Control page 177 INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E144636 See Information Displays page 86 65 Steering Wheel Cluster Display Control Features E144811 If equipped with MyFord system This control functions the same as the center control on the faceplate See Audio unit page 292 MyFord Touch Use this control to adjust the right side of the cluster display Navigate through the screen and press OK to select See MyFord Touch page 343 HEATED STEERING WHEEL ir EQUIPPED See MyFord Touch page 343 66 Fusion CC7 Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wipin
532. the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed Hill Start Assist Message Action Hill Start Assist Not Displays when hill start assist is not available Contact your Available authorized dealer See Hill Start Assist page 165 Fusion CC7 101 Information Displays Keys and Intelligent Access Message Action Press Brake to START Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle No Key Detected Displayed if the key is not detected by the system See Keyless Starting page 135 Restart Now or Key is Needed Displayed when the StartStop button is pressed to shut off the engine and an Intelligent Access key is not detected inside the vehicle Run Power Active Displayed when the vehicle is in the run ignition state Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting system See your authorized dealer for service Press Brake and Clutch to Start Displayed as a reminder to press the brake and clutch while starting the vehicle Press Clutch to Start Displayed as a reminder to press the clutch in while starting the vehicle Key Program Successful Displayed during spare key programming when an intelligent access key is programmed to the system Key Program Failure Displayed during spare key programming when an intelligent access key has failed to be programmed
533. the power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if the ignition is on or the ignition is off and your vehicle is not inP Auto Relock If you press the unlock button on the remote control and do not open a door within 45 seconds your vehicle will lock and the alarm will arm You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See General Information page 86 Autolock Feature The autolock feature will lock all the doors when all doors are closed the ignition is on Fusion CC7 you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and your vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when you open then close any door while the ignition is on and your vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and your vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Autounlock Feature The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when the ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory and you open the driver door within 10 minutes of the switching the ignition off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Enabling or Disabling Note You can enable
534. the rear axle lubricant Water may contaminate the rear axle lubricant which is not anormal maintenance inspection item unless there is a possibility of a leak or other axle repair is required Towing TRANSPORTINGTHE VEHICLE E143886 If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are amember of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle Fusion CC7 It is acceptable to have your front wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground When towing in this manner the rear wheels can remain on the ground Front wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmission Towing an all wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipme
535. the seat Fusion CC7 E154903 A Right hand side B Left hand side Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle A Safety alert See Owner s Manual EJ Air conditioning system Gy Anti lock braking system Avoid smoking flames or sparks Jas 1m Introduction A Battery Al Battery acid Brake fluid non petroleum based Brake system Cabin air filter la Child seat tether anchor AALS Cruise control 2 Do not open when hot 3 Engine air filter U ies Vv Engine coolant Engine coolant temperature ad E Fusion CC7 Engine oil Explosive gas Fan warning Fasten safety belt app Front airbag de Front fog lamps Fuel pump reset Fuse compartment Hazard warning flashers Heated rear window Heated windshield Interior luggage compartment release Jekki iels W w Q x Keep out of reach of children on Lighting control pS I Introduction f Low tire pressure warning e Maintain correct fluid level Note operating instructions Panic alarm afefe Parking aid U p Parking brake Power steering fluid Power windows front rear Power window lockout Service engi
536. the shoulder and mended by child restraint manufacturer chest and seat back upright You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in INSTALLING CHILD SEATS the United States and Canada Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly 142594 restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System page 37 Child Seats Fusion CC7 Child Safety Use a child safety seat Sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Airbags can kill or injure a child
537. ther the system is set to 72 F 22 C The heated seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on Climate Control Last Settings You can set the climate control to operate using the last climate control settings through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Last Settings The climate control system automatically uses the settings last selected before you turned off the engine Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices inside the vehicle You can switch these devices on if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays during remote start Heated devices usually switch on during cold weather and cooled devices during hot weather 119 Fusion CC7 Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNINGS Sitting improperly out of position or T with the seat back reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash Do not place objects higher than the T seat
538. tion If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation you do not see this button System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number VIN Touchscreen system software version Navigation system version Map database version Sirius satellite radio ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library version Software Licenses View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system Driving Restrictions Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving 91 Assist Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See Informa tion page 384 In Case of Emergency ICE Quick Dial allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE land ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands Fusion CC7 360 MyFord Touch it equipped To access Help using the voice commands say Help Thesystem provides allowable press the voice button then after the tone voice commands for the current mode ENTERTAINMENT E161892 AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll
539. tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Fusion CC7 Tire Wear 4 When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed Wheels and Tires or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also rec
540. to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Fusion CC7 383 Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode Phone Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When a Es prompted say any of the following commands PHONE Call Call lt name gt Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work Call lt name gt on cell Call lt name gt on other Call voicemail Dial Do not disturb off Do not disturb on Forward text messages Go to hands free Hold call off Hold on Join calls Listen to text message lt gt Listen to text messages Messages Mute call MyFord Touch i equipped PHONE MESSAGES Pair phone Call Privacy on Forward text messages Read text message Listen to text message lt gt Reply to text messages Listen to text messages T rnringer OF Reply to text messages Turn ringer on Help Unmute call Help This command is only available during an active call If you say Messages see the following Messages chart for additional commands INFORMATION
541. to reduce window fogging Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents Panel Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When switched on defrost distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents to reduce window fogging Driver settings Depending on your vehicle and option package you may have the following features Touch the and to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat if equipped Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat if equipped Touch MyTemp to select your previously pre set temperature setpoint Touch and hold MyTemp store anew pre set for temperature setpoint Touch the heated steering wheel icon if equipped to warm the steering wheel Note f your vehicle is equipped witha wood trimmed steering wheel it does not heat between the 10 o clock and 2 o clock positions Climate Control Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands Climate control commands Climate temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Climate temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Clim
542. to save personal code 1 3 Fusion CC7 58 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful To program additional personal entry codes repeat Steps 1 3 then for Step 4 press 3 4 to save personal code 2 press 5 6 to save personal code 3 press 7 8 to save personal code 4 press 9 0 to save personal code 5 You may also program a personal entry code through the MyFord Touch system if equipped Tips Do not set a code that uses five of the same number Do not use five numbers in sequential order The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Recalling Memory Positions If Equipped The programmed entry codes will recall driver memory positions as follows Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memory positions Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memory positions Entry code 3 will recall driver 3 memory positions Note Personal entry codes 4 and 5 will not recall memory positions Erasing a Personal Code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Press and release 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds Press and hold 1 2 for two seconds You must do this within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work 3 Locks Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses Th
543. to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment canread the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order Fusion CC7 10 or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Note ncluding to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the mostappropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this
544. trol Radio frequency receiver 33 20A Radio Active noise control 34 30A Run start bus fuse 19 20 21 22 35 36 37 circuit breaker 35 5A Restraints control module 36 15A Auto dimming rear view mirror 37 15A All wheel drive module Heated steering wheel module 38 30A Not used spare Micro fuse Dual micro fuse Fusion CC7 231 Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire E142430 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color before replacing any electrical Color Fuse rating Micro fuses Dualmicrofuses M type fuses J type fuses 5A Tan Tan 7 5A Brown Brown 10A Red Red 15A Blue Blue Grey 20A Yellow Light Blue Blue 25A White White White 30A Green Pink Pink 40A Green Green 50A Red 60A z 3 Yellow Fusion CC7 232 Maintenance GENERAL INFORMATION ytohelp resale Ford Have your vehicle serviced regular maintain its roadworthiness and value There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional
545. trol module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will not AN illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on The readiness light will either flash or stay lit A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem the light or both are repaired Fusion CC7 42 If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the front airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activat
546. ts Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown Fusion CC7 Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seating Use WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a chi
547. ts the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label Wheels and Tires When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note f you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mile 1 6 kilometers never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note f you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then
548. ty NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS ORIMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS Fusion CC7 OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF NT OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required
549. u can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice M MAX Defrost Press to switch on The system distributes outside air through the windshield air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed When MAX defrost is on recirculated air cannot be selected to prevent fogging The heated rear window is automatically switched on when MAX defrost is selected 113 Fusion CC7 Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE Note You can switch temperature units CONTROL between Fahrenheit and Celsius See IF EQUIPPED Settings page 351 A wo G B 4 CLIMATE K wm ee Kg C SOURCE VOL SOUND J ow a Jy TUNE ac e D E144494 A Fusion CC7 I m3 O e I 7 ef 3 AUTO Press the button to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically adjusts fan speed air distribution A C operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature CLIMATE Press to turn the climate control system on and off When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle MAX A C Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed t
550. uel Gauge Information Display Left Information Display Type 1 and 2 Information on Radio Frequencies Intelligent Access General Maintenance Information Multi Point Inspection Owner Checks and Services Protecting Your Investment Why Maintain Your Vehicle Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership nelni 425 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and Canada Fusion CC7 444 Getting the Services You Need Away From Home Global Opening and Closing Closing the Windows Opening the Windows H Hazard Warning Flashers Headlamp Exit Delay well Head Restraints 120 Adjusting the Head Restra 12 Tilting Head Restraints 12 Heated Se ats cccccccccceee 126 Heated Steering Wheel 66 Heated Windows and Mirrors 117 Heated Exterior Mirrov 18 Heated Rear Window Heating See Climate Control Hill Start Assist Using Hill Start Assist Hints on Controlling the Interior Cooling the Interior Quickly General Hints Heating the Interior Quickly Recommended Settings for Cooling Recommended Settings for Heating Side Window Defogging in Cold Weathe henian snes Paterno perenne 117 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brake Seriese tiatnra stii istiot riteit 162 Hood Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 233 Ignition Switch In California U S Only Information Display Control Cluster Display Control Features Informati
551. ument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area A
552. under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Appendices Severability You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all d
553. upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information Fusion CC7 We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance Itis critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the sam
554. ur phone s manual and visit the website Making Calls Press the voice button on your te steering wheel controls When prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone mode press this phone button MyFord Touch it equipped Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Accept the call by pressing w Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls ore Reject the call by pressing t Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to Mute the call Put the call on hold Turn on the privacy feature Join two calls End the call Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from you phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen Fusion CC7 To turn on contact picture settings if your device suppo
555. using a MyKey Note Al MyKeys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually Note For vehicles with intelligent access with push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle while switching the ignition on to start the vehicle Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user Fusion CC7 50 Belt Minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened Early low fuel The low fuel warning activates earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key A vehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control Vehicle speed minders of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km
556. uthorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips Always read the instructions before using the products CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers Note Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers Note ndustrial strength or heavy duty cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time Note Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergents Note f you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish To maintain their condition we recommend that you Fusion CC7 257 Clean the wheels weekly using Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Apply using manufacturer s instructions Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process To remove tar and greas
557. ve autolamps switched on you can only switch the high beam headlamps on once the system has turned the headlamps on INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note f you disconnect the battery or it becomes discharged the illuminated components will switch to the maximum setting Fusion CC7 Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps E132712 Press repeatedly or press and hold until you reach the desired level Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps E165366 A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten Lighting HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you You will hear a short tone The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS ir EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision 1y The system switches the low beam headlamps on at a reduced intensity in daylight conditions To switch the system on
558. vehicle may stall E142667 Fusion CC7 Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and AWD PTU Power Transfer Unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary E143950 Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly All Wheel Drive it Equipped Driving on Hilly or Sloping T
559. vidual dome lamps You can switch individual map lamps on independently by pressing a map lens Rear Interior Lamp it Equipped E169470 Lighting You can switch dome lamps on by pressing the button AMBIENT LIGHTING iF eoquippep The ambient lighting system is adjusted with the MyFord Touch See MyFord Touch page 343 74 Fusion CC7 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings E146043 Note You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Down Press the switch fully and release it Press again or lift it to stop the window One Touch Up Lift the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window Fusion CC7 75 Bounce Back The window will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle
560. w mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Selectable settings for this feature are ACTIVE FIXED FIXED and OFF Visual Park Aid Alert Note Visual park alert is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The system uses red yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if visual park aid alert is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind the vehicle is not shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note When manual zoom is enabled only the centerline is shown Parking Aids This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind the vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference The zoom is only active while the transmission is in R Reverse When the transmission is shifted out of R Reverse the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again
561. wheel is not turned rapidly oris not at asharp angle The vehicle is not on a steep road grade The battery is within optimal operating conditions battery state of charge and temperature in range The engine coolant is at operating temperature Elevation is below approximately 10000 feet 3048 meters Ambient temperature is moderate Note The system allows multiple successive Auto StopStart events but it may not operate in conditions of heavy traffic or in extended low speed operation Note The green Auto StartStop A indicator light on the instrument cluster will illuminate to indicate when the automatic engine stop occurs Note If the instrument cluster BR is equipped with a grey Auto StartStop indicator light it is illuminated when automatic engine stop is not available due to one of the above noted conditions not being met Automatic Engine Restart Any of the following conditions will result in an automatic restart of the engine Unique Driving Characteristics Your foot is removed from the brake pedal You press the accelerator pedal You press the accelerator and the brake pedal at the same time The driver s seat belt becomes unfastened or the driver s door is ajar The transmission selector lever is moved from position D Your vehicle is moving The interior compartment does not meet customer comfort when air conditioning or heat is on Fogging of the windows could o
562. ws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved Fusion CC7 The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOUSE
563. www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 35 Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 213 Important information about the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter SYNC Setting 911 Assist On 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu 2 Scroll to select 911 Assist 3 Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu 4 Scroll to select between On and Off 5 Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Off selections include Off with reminder Provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder Provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U S Canada or in a territory i
564. xhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components Instrument Cluster The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See Emission Control System page 149 Stability Control It will flash when the system is ce active If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on this indicates a malfunction During a malfunction the system will switch off Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately See Using Stability Control page 167 Stability Control Off It will illuminate when you switch cc the system off It will go out Os when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off See Using Stability Control page 167 Trunk Ajar Displays when the ignition is on and the trunk is not completely closed Fusion CC7 AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver s door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off
565. y have the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed 339 This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it SYNC Vehicle Health Report and Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible cause s Possible solution s Make sure that your VIN is correctly listed in your account I am unable to retrieve the report on the website or receive a system error The preferred dealer information did not load correctly When you register your account you must choosea preferred dealer If it already lists a dealer try selecting another dealer and logging out Log back in change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report I am unable to submit a report This could be due to your phone s compatibility Bad signal strength You did not activate your phone on the website Update your cellular number in your account on the website Make sure you have full signal strength and that your Bluetooth volume level has been turned up Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing heard a commercial when tried to use Traffic Direc tions and Information You did not activate this phone for this service Your phone has ID blocker active This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recog nizes you by you
566. y in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting Appendices TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL
567. y name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once you select your destination the system uploads your 2 current vehicle location calculates a route based on current traffic conditions and sends it back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call automatically ends You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system sends a new route to your vehicle Disconnecting from SYNC Services Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel Say Goodbye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip Such as a s
568. y possible turn off the engine Check the oil level If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Change Engine Oil Soon Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10 or less See Engine Oil Check page 238 Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0 See Engine Oil Check page 238 Oil Change Required Brake Fluid Level LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check page 242 Check Brake System Displays when the brake system needs servicing Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Engine Coolant Overtem Displays when the engine temperature is too high Stop the perature vehicle in a safe place and allow the engine to cool If the problem persists contact your authorized dealer See Engine Coolant Check page 239 103 Fusion CC7 Information Displays Message Power Reduced to Lower Engine Temp Displays when the engine has reduced power in order to help reduce high coolant temperatures Action Displays to indicate that the vehicle is still in Transport or Transport Factory Mode Factory mode This may not allow some features to operate properly See your authorized dealer See Manual Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due toa p
569. y pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped I had 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with aNHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician E142534 Fusion CC7 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNINGS Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death Depending on where you secure a child restraint
570. y to arm when there is not a key in the ignition Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions Fusion CC7 Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad Switch the ignition on or start the vehicle Use a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds Note Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators but will not disarm the system Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 120 ieaiai A Volume up Volume down Mute Media Seek down or previous Seek up or next nmo aow MEDIA Press repeatedly to scroll through available Unlock the steering column audio sources 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset play the next or the previous track Press and hold the seek button to tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band seek through a track E157083 3 Lock the steering column E157084 AUDIO CONTROL iF couippeD You can operate
571. y while the system is active Low Speed Automatic Cancellation The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 12 mph 20 km h An audible alarm will sound and the automatic braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed Fusion CC7 Hilly Condition Usage Note An audible alarm will sound and the system will shut down if it is applying brakes for an extended period of time This allows the brakes to cool down The system will function normally again when the brakes have cooled down You should select a lower gear position when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades for example in mountainous areas The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent them from overheating Switching the System Off Note The set speed memory erases when you switch off the system Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition Detection Issues The radar sensor has a limited field of vision It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations The lead vehicle graphic will not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you Cruise Control op l B cp Sai 71621 Detection issues can occur A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front With vehicles that edge into your lane The
572. your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD E142457 1 To open the hood go inside the vehicle and pull the hood release handle located under the left hand side of the instrument panel Maintenance Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever which is located under the front of the hood to your right of the center of the vehicle driver s side near the headlight Release the hood latch by pushing the yellow secondary release lever to your left toward the center of the vehicle E169261 Fusion CC7 234 4 Raise the hood and support it with the prop rod 5 To close the hood lower and secure the prop rod in the clip 6 Lower the hood and allow it to drop the last 10 12 inches 25 to 30 centimeters Note Make sure that the hood is closed properly and fully latched on both sides of the hood Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 1 5LECOBOOST 1 6LECOBOOST E167624 Power distribution box Engine air filter assembly Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap A Engine coolant reservoir B Engine oil filler cap C Engine oil dipstick D Brake fluid reservoir cap E Battery F G H 235 Fusion CC7 Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L ECOBOOST A B Cc D E F E159754

2014 FUSION Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents